Upload
khangminh22
View
2
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
AZERBAIJAN STATE OIL
AND INDUSTRY
UNIVERSITY / BA (PhD, MBA, BBA, ZU) PROGRAMS
MODULE DESCRIPTIONS
JOINT ZU PROGRAMME
Industrial Engineering
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title AZERBAIJAN LANGUAGE
AZƏRBAYCAN DİLİ
Course unit code LANG 1101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor
cycle bachelor program
Year of study 1st
year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
1st
Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
2
Name of lecturer Ülkər Aslanova
Class information Location: Room: 4,6
Time: 8:30-10:05 Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Azərbaycan dili və nitq mədəniyyəti fənninin əsas hədəf və məqsədi
tələbələrin əldə etdikləri elmi-nəzəri bilikləri gündəlik həyatımızın ayrı-ayrı
sahələrində ünsiyyət zamanı vəziyyətə uyğun şəkildə tətbiq etməklə mədəni nitq vərdişlərini aşılamaqdır. Dilin ayrı-ayrı sahələrində: fonetik sistemində,
lüğət tərkibində, qrammatik quruluşunda xüsusi qəlibə salınmış normalar
fəaliyyət göstərir. Tələbələrin həmin normalara yiyələnmələri və gündəlik ünsiyyət zamanı ona praktik cəhətdən əməl etmələri nitq mədəniyyətinin
başlıca məqsədlərindəndir. Mədəni nitq hərtərəfli inkişafın, yetkin ağlın,
kamilliyin təzahürüdür.
Nəticədə nitq mədəniyyəti fənni tələbələrə nəzakətli danışıq qaydalarını öyrədir, Azərbaycan dilinin fonetik, leksik, qrammatik normaları haqqında
məlumat verir, onlarda nitq normalarına və etik danışıq qaydalarına
yiyələnmək vərdişi yaradır. Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
-
Recommended or required reading
Nəriman Həsənzadə, Güldanə Pənahova, Ədalət Abbasov. Azərbaycan dili və nitq mədəniyyəti. Dərslik. Bakı 2016.
Adil Babayev. Azərbaycan dili və nitq mədəniyyəti. Dərslik. Bakı 2011..
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and
presentation sessions, discussion sessions
Language of instruction Azərbaycan dili
Work placement(s) NA
Course contents:
1 Mövzu 1. Azərbaycan dili haqqında ümumi məlumat
Azərbaycan dili haqqında ümumi məlumat. Azərbaycan dilinin inkişaf mərhələləri. Dili- mizin qədim tarixinə aid informasiyası. Azərbaycan dili - Azərbaycan respublikasının milli
və dövlət dili. Azərbaycan dilinin genetik (qohumluluq mənşəyi) cəhətdən tipoloji
baxımdan türk dilləri ailəsində yeri. Azərbaycan dilinin tarixi inkişaf mərhələləri. Dili- mizin tarixən “türk dili”, “türk-tatar dili”, “tatar dilinin Qafqaz ləhcəsi” və s. adlarla tanın
ması. Ümumxalq Azərbaycan ədəbi dilinin tərkib hissələri. Azərbaycan ədəbi dili. Əd əbi
dilin normaları. Şifahi və yazılı ədəbi dil. Ədəbi dilin inkişafının tarixi dövrləri.
Azərbaycan ədəbi dilinin inkişafı və saflığında xidməti olmuş görkəmli şəxsiyyətlərin
rolu. Azərbaycan dilinin dövlət dili kimi işlənmə tarixi. Dilimizlə bağlı verilən qanun,
fərman və sərəncamlar. Heydər Əliyev və Azərbaycan dili. Mövzu 2. ” Nitq mədəniyyəti” termininin dilçilikdə tətbiqi.
“Nitq mədəniyyəti” termininin geniş anlayış kimi düşünülməsi. “Mədəniyyət” sözü- nün mənşəyi və mənası haqqında. Natiqliyin də şairlik, rəssamlıq, bəstəkarlıq və s. kimi sənət olması. “Nitq mədəniyyəti” anlayışının həm də bu və ya digər nitq təzahürünün
keyfiyyətini bildirmək üçün istifadə edilən termin kimi başa düşülməsi. Dilin bü- tün sahələrində: fonetik sistemində, lüğət tərkibində, qrammatik quruluşunda daxili
qanun lar əsasında müəyyənləşmiş normalar və insanların gündəlik ünsiyyət zamanı həmin nor- malara yiyələnmə vərdişlərinin formalaşdırılması üsulları. “Danışıq
mədəniyyəti” anlayışı və natiqlik mədəniyyəti
Birinci dərslik,
səh.6-12
səh. 12-18
2 Mövzu 3. Azərbaycan dili və nitq mədəniyyəti.
Dil ictimai kateqoriya kimi. Dilin qədimliyi. Azərbaycan dilinin strukturu.Əd əbi dilin
şifahi və yazılı qolu. Ədəbi dil milli dilin yüksək formasıdır. Nitq mədəniyyəti qramma-
tik cəhətdən cümlələri düzgün qurmaq, fikri aydın, dəqiq və məntiqi ardıcıllıqla ifadə etmək elmi kimi. Dilə daxil olan vahidlər sisteminin normallaşdırılması və təkmilləşdiril- məsinin nitq mədəniyyətinin əsas vəzifələrindən biri olması. Natiqin “seçmə” və “əvəz-
etmə” prinsiplərindən istifadə etməsi. Mədəni nitqə verilən tələblər və nitq mədəniyyə- tinin rolu.
Mövzu 4. ”Nitq mədəniyyəti” fənninin digər elmlərlə əlaqəsi
Nitq mədəniyyətinin keçmiş vəziyyəti və bugünkü səviyyəsi. Nitq mədəniyyəti və elmin digər sahələri: dilçilik, ədəbiyyat, psixologiya, pedaqogika və s. Dilin funksional üslu-
bu və nitq mədəniyyəti. Nitq mədəniyyəti və dilin hər bir hissəsinin onunla əlaqəsi. Nitq
mədəniyyəti və məntiq. Dövlətin idarə olunmasında nitq mədəniyyətinin rolu.
Birinci dərslik,
səh. 18-24
səh. 24-33
3
Mövzu 5. Dil və nitq.
Dil və nitq arasındakı əlaqənin obyektiv zərurət kimi mövcudluğu. Dilin öz varlığını
nitqdə, nitqin isə mənbəyini dildə tapması məsələsi.
Dilin inkişafının nitqlə müəyyənləşməsi. Dilin təhlil, nitqin isə qavrama və anlama yolu
dərk olunması. Dilin ictimailiyi, nitqin isə fərdi səciyyə daşıması məsələsi. Dil ən mühüm
Birinci dərslik,
səh.33-39
ünsiyyət vasitəsi, nitq isə ünsiyyət prosesidir. Dil əsas, nitq isə ondan törəmədir. Dil tarix- ən çox az dəyişikliyə uğrayır, nitq isə ona nisbətən dəyişkəndir. Dil və nitqin ictimai ha-
disələrin tərəfləri olması. Dil və nitqin hər ikisinin kommunikativ xarakter daşıması. Mövzu 6. Heydər Əliyev nitq mədəniyyəti haqqında.
Azərbaycanda müstəqillik uğrunda mübarizə ilə əlaqədar natiqliyin inkişafında ulu öndər
Heydər Əliyevin rolu. Heydər Əliyevin natiqlik məharəti. Dilimizin inkişafı, qorunması,
fəaliyyət dairəsinin genişlənməsi işində Heydər Əliyevin müstəsna rolu. Heydər Əliyev və nitq mədəniyyəti. Heydər Əliyev tərəfindən Azərbaycan dili ilə bağlı verilən mühüm
fərman və sərəncamların təsdiqi.
səh. 222-227
4 Mövzu 7. Əməli yazı nümunələri: ərizə, bildiriş, arayış, hesabat, izahat, çıxarış, akt
və s. aid nümunələr.
Nitq mədəniyyəti və rəsmi-işgüzar üslub. Rəsmi-işgüzar üslub:əsasının qoyulması və
formalaşması tarixi. Milli dövlətçilik və idarəçilik təcrübələri. Rəsmi-işgüzar üslub sənəd- lərin dili kimi. Sənəd dilinin əməli yazı kimi qəbul olunması. Əm əli yazılarda fikrin kon-
kretliyi məsələsi. Əməli yazı üçün səciyyəvi cəhətlər: Hər bir məsələnin aydın və qısa izah olunması;
Artıq və lüzumsuz sözlərə, təkrarlara, obrazlılığa yol verilməməsi;
Hər bir anlayışın dəqiq terminlərlə işlənməsi; Əməli yazıların əsasını təşkil edən rəsmi və işgüzar sənədlərin fərqli əlamətləri.
Birinci dərslik,
səh. 39-54
5 Mövzu 8. Nitqin növləri və formaları.
Dilçilikdə nitqin təsnifi problemi. Monoloji və dioloji nitq. Monoloji və dioloji nitqin vəhdət təşkil edən vahidləri kimi. Dilçilik ədəbiyyatında “monoloji nitq” termininin nitqin
müəyyən növünü bildirmək üçün işlədilməsi. Monoloji nitqin hər hansı müəyyən bir
məsələ, problem, məlumat, xatirə, tezis və s. şəkildə bir nəfərin ardıcıl, rabitəli, geniş və ya
qısa nitq kimi özünü göstərməsi. Monoloji nitqin subyektiv xarakter daşıması məsə - ləsi. Monoloji nitqin növləri: nəqletmə, təsviretmə və məlumatverici.
Nitqin digər növü olan dioloji nitq. Dioloq əsasında qurulmasının dioloji nitqin əsas cəhət-
lərindən biri olması. Sual-cavab formasının dioloji nitqdə əsas rol oynaması. Dioloji nitq
prosesində mimika və jest məsələsi. Replika, emosionallıq və yığcamlığın dioloq üçün xarakterik olması. Dioloji nitqin növləri: sual-cavab, müsahibə, müzakirə.
Birinci dərslik, səh. 54-64
6 Mövzu 9. Şifahi və yazılı nitq. Oxşar və fərqli cəhətləri.
Şifahi nitq ünsiyyətin ən qədim forması kimi. Şifahi nitqin inkişafının cəmiyyətin tərəq-
qisi ilə bağlılığı məsələsi. Şifahi nitq prosesində bir sıra köməkçi vasitələrdən istifadə
olinması. Şifahi nitq və tələffüz, şifahi nitq və vurğu, şifahi nitq və intonasiya, şifahi nitq, söz sırası, şifahi nitq və təkrar, şifahi nitq və mimika-jest. Şifahi nitq və danışıq dili.
Yarımçıq cümlə, qısa replika, şifahi nitq. Yazılı nitqin ancaq işarələrdə öz əksini tapması. Yazılı nitqin hər hansı bir dilin bütün
xüsiyyətlərini özündə düzgün əks etdirməsi məsələsi. Yazılı nitq və əlifba problemi.
Yazılı nitq və abzas. Yazılı nitq və durğu işarələri. Yazılı nitq və sitat.
Birinci dərslik,
səh. 64-72
7
Mövzu 10. Natiqlik sənətinin tarixi.
Antik dövr natiqlik mədəniyyəti və məktəbləri. Natiqlik sənətinin təşəkkül tapdığı ölkə-
lər. Qədim Yunanıstanın məşhur siyasi xadimi Demosfen – Yunanıstan natiqlik məktə- binin banisi kimi. Natiqlik məharətinin çiçəklənmə dövrü. Aristotelin “Ritorika” (natiqlik
məharəti) adlı əsəri nitq mədəniyyətinin ilk nəzəriyyəsi kimi. Sovet dövründə və müstə-
qillik zamanında nitq mədəniyyətinə tələbat.
Birinci dərslik,
səh. 72-79
8 Mövzu 11. Natiqliyin növləri: bədii, akademik, siyasi və s.
Natiqliyin həm sənət, həm də bir elm kimi formalaşması. Məzmun və formasına görə
nitqin növləri. Bədii natiqlik və onun ifadə üsulları. İctimai – siyasi natiqliyin
mövzuları. Akademik, inzibati-idarə, işgüzar natiqliyin məqsəd və vəzifələri. Natiqlik sənətinə verilən əsas tələblər. Auditoriyanın səviyyəsinin, xarakterinin nəzərə
alınmasının natiq üçün əsas şərtlərdən hesab edilməsi. Mümkün qədər yığcam danışmaq,
mətləbdən uzaqlaşaraq dinləyicini yormamaq- natiqliyin vacib xüsusiyyətlərindən biri kimi.
Birinci dərslik, səh. 98-104
9 Aralıq imtahanı
10 Mövzu 12. Sözün nitqdə rolu.
Sözün informativ vəzifəsi. Sözün poetik funksiyası. Bədii mətnə bilavasitə poetik funk-
siya daşıyan söz, yaxud poetizm. Poetizmin obrazlı təfəkkürə əsaslanması. Az sözlə dərin
mənalı və bitkin fikir ifadə etmək qabiliyyəti. Sözün ifadəliliyinin məcazlıqdan yaran-
ması faktının nəzərə çatdırılması məsələsi.
Mövzu 13. Nitq mədəniyyəti və nitq formaları: fonetik, leksik və qrammatik
normalar. Latın mənşəli norma sözünün müasir dildə iki başlıca mənasının olması. Əd əbi dil nor- ması milli və tarixi hadisədir. Nitqin düzgünlüyü.
Fonetik hadisə və qanunlara dair normalar. Orfoepik normalar. Fonemlərin tələffüzünə normalar.
Leksik normalar. Leksk tərkibin cəmiyyətin maddi və mənəvi həyatı, onun dəyişilməsi,
bağlı olması məsələsi. Sözlərin fikrə uyğun seçilib cümlədə işlədilməsi. Neologizmlərdən
terminlərdən istifadə normaları. Qrammatik normalar. Söz birləşməsi, sözlər arasında əlaqələr
Birinci dərslik,
səh.88-98
səh. 104-113
11 Mövzu 14. Nitq mədəniyyətinin orfoqrafiya və orfoepiya ilə qarşılıqlı əlaqə
fonetik, morfoloji və tarixi-ənənəvi prinsiplər.
Xalqın yazı mədəniyyəti.. Müasir Azərbaycan dilinin orfoqrafiya qaydalarının əsas prin-
sipləri. Orfoqrafiya qaydalarının daha çox fonetik prinsip əsasında qurulmasının əlverişli
olması məsələsi.
Müxtəlif çalarlarda tələffüz olunan dil vahidlərinin, xüsusən sözlərin və şəkilçılərin vahid
formada, yəni morfoloji quruluşuna uyğun olaraq yazılması prinsipləri-morfoloji prinsip.
Keçmiş dövrlərdə tətbiq olunan bu və ya digər orfoqrafik qaydanın mühafizə olunması
müasir yazıda davam etdirilməsi prinsipi – tarixi- ənənəvi prinsip.
Tələffüzün iki şəkildə -həm ümumxalq dilindəki vahidlərin ümumi dil normalarına uy-
ğun, həm də ayrı-ayrı dialekt və şivələrin xüsusiyyətinə müvafiq formada anlaşılması.
Birinci dərslik,
səh.113-121
12. Mövzu 15. Nitqdə leksik vahidlərdən istifadə: sinonim, omonim, antonim, neolo-
gizmlər və s. Gözəl və təsirli danışmaq, yaxud yazmaq məharətini formalaşdıran stimullar. Məzmunlu
brazlı danışmaq, yaxud yazmaq bacarıq və vərdişlərin yiyələnmə üsulları. Omonimlərdən bədii üslubda qafiyə yaratma vasitəsi kimi istifadə olunması (A.Ələsgərin “Ay üzə-üzə”, “A yana-yana” və s.)
Sinonimlərin bədii nitqdə fikri daha dəqiq, mənalı və təsirli ifadə məqamları. Antonimlərdən bədii nitqdə bədii təzad yaratma vasitəsi kimi işlənmə halları.
Neologizmlərin (dilin) nitqin söz ehtiyatının artmasında və ümumən lüğət fondunun zən-
ginləşdirilməsindəki rolu.
Birinci dərslik, səh.121- 132
13. Mövzu 16. Danışıq mədəniyyəti və etik məsələlər.
Danışıq nitqi ümumxalq dilinin ikinci hissəsi kimi. Milli etnoqrafiya və danışıq mə-
dəniyyəti. Sözlərin və ifadələrin düzgün seçilməsi, şəraitə uyğun və öz yerində işlənməsi
məsələsi. Nitqin “təmizliyi”, natiqin nitqinin qüsursuzluğu və nitqə anlaşılmayan jarqon- larin, habelə əcnəbi sözlərin daxil edilməməsi. Əd əbi dildə loru sözlərə və kobud ifadə yol
verilməməsi.
Bədii əsərlərdə obrazın xarakterinin “işıqlandırılması”nda müəllifin nitqdən istifadə məq-
sədi və üsulları.
Mövzu 17. Mədəni nitqə verilən tələblər: nitqin yığcamlığı, təmizliyi, düzgünlüyü
və s.
Dilin özünün ifadə imkanlarının genişliyi, səlisliyi. Həmin dildən istifadə edənlərin hazır- lığı. Dilin ifadə imkanlarından düzgün faydalanmaq vərdişlərinin olması.
Natiqin öz çıxış tərzi və üslubunun olmasının gözəl və rəvan nitqin şərtlərindən biri kimi
şərtləndirilməsi. Nitqin düzgünlüyü fonetik, leksik, qrammatik normalar və nitqin hər iki
növündə onların tətbiqi məsələsi
Birinci dərslik,
səh.132-141
səh.141-148
14 Mövzu 18. Nitq mədəniyyəti və üslubiyyat. Azərbaycan dilinin funksional üslub-
ları: bədii üslub, məişət üslubu.
Filoloji konteksdə “üslub” anlayışının çoxçalarlığı: yazıçının üslubu, bədii əsərin üslubu
və s. Üslubiyyat-üslublar haqqında elm sahəsidir.
Üslubiyyatda söz, ifadə və cümlənin üslubi meyara əsaslanaraq öyrənilməsi. Dil vahid-
lərinin üslubi imkanlarının öyrənilməsi. Funksional üslubların tədqiqi istiqamətləri. Dilin
üslubi imkanlarının genişliyi həmin dilin zənginliyini göstərən amildir.
Mövzu 22. Dil mədəniyyəti və nitq mədəniyyəti.
Dil mədəniyyəti ilə nitq mədəniyyəti anlayışlarının qarşılıqlı əlaqələri. Dil mədə- niyyətinin inkişafına daxili və xarici amillərin təsiri.
Mövzu 19. Publisistik üslub, elmi üslub. Elmi məqalə, məruzə və tezisin dili.
Publisistik üslub, onun yaranması və inkişaf tarixi. Publisistik üslubun əmələ gəlmə- sində mətbuatın rolu. Publisistik üslub və onun formaları. Publisistik üslubun digər funk- sional üslublarla əlaqəsi. Müxtəlif maraq və mövqelərin əks etdirilməsi publisistik üslu - bun əsas əlaməti kimi. Publisistik üslubun növləri: bədii-publisistik, rəsmi publisistik, elmi publisistik.
Elmi üslub elmi təfəkkürün ifadəsidir. Elmi üslubun əsas xüsusiyyətləri: məntiqilik, ardı-
cıllıq, birmənalılıq, termin sıxlığı. Elmi üslubun, eyni zamanda, “elmi dil” termini ilə ifa-
dəsi.
Elmi üslubun janrları: monoqrafiya, dərslik, dərs vəsaiti, elmi və metodiki jurnal məqa- ləsi və s.
Yazılı monoloq formasının elmi üslubda üstün olması.
Birinci dərslik, səh.148-161
səh.193-201
səh.155-167
15 Mövzu 20. Nitqdə ifadəlilik yaradan vasitələr: intonasiya, səsin surəti, fasilələr, temp
və s. Şifahi nitqdə intonasiyanın rolu və əhəmiyyəti. Dil vahidinin müxtəlif səs tempində,
emosional çalarlıqda, tələffüzünün intonasiyanın əsas əlaməti olması məsələsi. İntonasiya
və səs tonunun artması və azalması. Fasilə - intonasiyanın başlıca komponenti kimi. Fasilənin növləri: a) qısa fasilə;
b) uzun fasilə
Mövzu 21. M.Müşfiq “Yenə o bağ olaydı” (...) və M.Şəhriyarın “Heydərbabaya
salam” şeirlərində nitqdə ifadəlilik yaradan vasitələrin göstərilməsi.
“Yenə o bağ olaydı” ... şeirinin intonasiya ilə ifadəli oxunması. Nəzm xüsusiyyətlərinin qafiyə, vəzn, fasilə və s.) şərhi. “Heydərbabaya salam” poemasını hissələrə ayıraraq obrazlı ifadələrin semantik çalar-
larını söyləmək və təhlil etmək. Mövzu 23. Vasitəli və vasitəsiz nitq
Vasitəli və vasitəsiz nitq arasındakı fərq. Vasitəsiz nitqin işlənmə formaları. Vasitəsiz
nitqin vasitəli nitqə çevrilməsi. Nitq vərdişlərinə yiyələnmənin təcrübi əhəmiyyətinin göstərilməsi.
Birinci dərslik, səh.167-4
səh.175-181
səh.227.
Yekun İmtahan.
Azeri language and Communication Culture
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Labs and Tutorials
Assignment
Project/Presentation/Report 1 1 1
E-learning activities
Quizzes
Midterm Examination 1 2 2
Final Examination 1 3 3
Self Study 8 3 24
Total Workload 72
Total Workload/30(h) 2,4
ECTS Credit of the Course
2
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ENGLISH I
Course unit code ENGL 1101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st
Year
Semester/trimester when
the course unit is
delivered
1st
Semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
5
Name of lecturer Gulnara Ahmadova
Class information Location: Room: 2,5
Time: Monday,Wednesday, Friday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of
the course unit
Course description:
This course is intended to serve students of English as a foreign language. authentic
language has been maintained, a vocabulary study is included While to each chapter treating both the technical and sub technical terms that are used in the readings.This
course will further give the students the opportunity to speak on general topics, to
communicate in Business environment and to understand texts on business in the English speaking world.Integrated activities: This will include conversations, texts,
letters, forms, contracts, tests etc. The exercises fulfill a number of purposes. They
reinforce and consolidate what has been heard, said, written and seen, thus teaching
four main skills of language: listening, speaking, reading and writing. Collaborating with a partner or working as a member of small group students will consider different
topics in general English and economics while improving their vocabulary and four
above mentioned skills.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, students will:
be able to articulate their own interpretations with an awareness and curiosity
for other perspectives;
have knowledge and understanding in English language; grammar and
vocabulary;
become accomplished readers of the English language;
be able to write effectively for a variety of professional and social settings;
be able to identify topics and formulate questions for productive inquiry;
develop the ability to listen to texts and deploy ideas from these texts in their own reading and writing;
develop their social competence skills, to form their behavioral stereotypes and
professional skills necessary for successive social adaptation of graduates; be able to skim the text for main idea, to scan the text for specific information, to
interpret it for inferences, attitudes and styles, to deduce meanings from the context;
develop the students' general capacity to a level that enables them to use English in
their professional and academic environment granted that they are provided with the
specific notions and vocabulary of economics, mathematics, banking and finance in the course of their studies.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Recommended or
required readings
Required readings:
1. Chris Redston. Jillie Cunningham. Face2face. Pre-intermediate. Student’s Book.
Cambridge University Press, 2012.
2.Bill Mascull. Business Vocabulary in Use.(BV)Cambridge Professional
English,2010
Optional readings:
Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in
printed forms.
Planned learning
activities and
teaching methods
Class discussions, brainstorming, presentations, quizzes and exams.
Language of
instruction
English
Course contents
UNIT TOPIC SOURCE
1 • Life stories.Super Commuters
Grammar: Review of verb forms and questions. Vocabulary. collocations (1).
• Time off.Small talk.
Grammar: Subjectquestions. VocabularyDevelopingspeakingskills. 1. Work and jobs.
Lesson1p.6
(a,b,c,d) Business
Vocabulary (BV)-
Unit 1
2 • Beginnigs.Howwemet.Coincidences
Vocabulary. Grammar: Past Simple. Past Continuous: positive and negative
Lesson 2 p.14
(a,b,c)
questions. Adjectives (1)
2.Waysofworking
BV-Unit 2
3 • Internet dating. GettingQualified.
Grammar: have to/had to: positive and negative, questions and answers.
• Job-hunting. What a job!
PresentContinuousandPresent Simple; activityandstateverbs.
3.Recruitmentandselection
Lesson 2(d),
Lesson 3 p.22
(a,b,c)
BV-Unit 3.
4 • I’mreally sorry. Lookalikes.Mymusic.
Word building. Present Perfect for life experiences: positive and negative.
Yes/no questions with ever. Vocabulary Revision of units 1,2,3.
4.Skills &qualifications
Lesson 3(d) Lesson4p.30
(a,b)
BV-Unit 4
5 • TV or not TV. What do you think?
Developing listening, speaking, reading, writing skills.
• A Crowded Planet. Never too old.
Gr. Will for prediction; might; be going to; plans hope sand ambitions
Vocabulary. collocations (2).
5. Pay and benefits
Lesson 4
(c,d)Lesson 5 (a,b) p.38
BV-Unit 5
6 • Conservation Work. A charityevent.
Conservation works. Verbs and prepositions. Offers, suggestions, requests.
Developinglistening, speakingreading, writingskills.
6.People andworkplaces
Lesson 5(c, d)
BV-Unit. 6
7 • Teenagers Rolespeopleplay.
Grammar: Making comparisons: comparatives, a lot, much, a bit, (not)
as……as. Superlatives. adjectives (2)
• Family Business. Call me back. Adjectives and prefixes (un-,in-, im-,
-dis-). Voc. Speaking reading, writing skills. Revision of units 4,5, 6.
7. The careerladder
Lesson 6 p.46
(a,b,c, d)
BV-Unit 7
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 • 50 places to go. What are you taking?
Grammar: Present Continuous for future arrangements. Quantifiers;
• Wish you were here. it doesn’t work.
Phrases with “go”. Offers, suggestions, requests. Vocabulary. Developing
speaking reading, writing skills. possessive pronouns. 8.Problems at work
Lesson 7 p.54(a,b,c, d)
BV-Unit 8.
10 • Home sweet home. Meet the parents. Cultural Differences.
Gr. Present Perfect with for and since; should, shouldn’t, must, mustn’t. Vocabulary: describing your home; going to dinner.
9. Managers, executives & directors
Lesson 8 p.62
(a,b,c)
BV-Unit 9.
11 • What’s it like? Problems, problems. Sleepless nights.
Gr. first conditional; future time clauses. Vocabulary: everyday problems; adjectives (3,4): feelings.too, too much, too many,(not enough)
• Noisy neighbors. Invitation.
Lesson8 (d)Lesson 9 p.70 (a,b,c,d)
Vocabulary: phrasal verbs.Invitations and making arrangements
10. Business people& leaders
BV-Unit 10.
12 • The collectors. Shopping trends. Fashion victims.
Gr. Present Simple Passive; Past Simple Passive; used to.Vocabulary: verbs
often used in the passive. Words with some-, any-, no- and every-.articles.
11. Organizations 1
Lesson 10 p.78
(a,b,c)
BV-Unit 11.
13 • It suits you. Guess what?
Gr. Present Perfect for giving news with just, yet and alreadyVocabulary:
collocations (3).
• Murder mystery. In the news
Gr. relative clauses with who, which, that, and where. crime; guessing meaning from
context. 12. Organizations 2
Lesson 10 (d),
Lesson 11 p.86
(a,b,c)
BV-Unit 12.
14 • Did you?Working abroad.
Gr. reported speech.Vocabulary: collocations (3); crime; guessing meaning from
context.
13. Manufacturing and services
Lesson
11(d)Lesson 12
p.94(a) BV-Unit 13
15 • Taking risks.
Gr. second conditional. Vocabulary: money; collocations (4): take and get.
• Graffiti
Vocabulary : connecting words (2): first, next, then
14.The development process
Lesson 12
(b,c)
BV-Unit 14.
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3
42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 17 17
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 15
15
Homework 3 3 9
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title GERMAN 1 DEUTSCH 1
Course unit code GERM 1101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st year
Semester/trimester when the course unit is delivered
1st Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
5
Name of lecturer Husejnsade Xoschgädäm
Class information
Location: Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Kursbeschreibung
Dieser Kursus ist für die SU- Programm studierenden Studenten vorgesehen. Nach
dem Studienprogramm ist es vorgesehen, Deutsch 3 Semester zu studieren: in den
ersten und zweiten Semestern – Grundkursus, im dritten Semester technisches Deutsch.
Es enthält das deutsche Alphabet, phonetische Einführung, 16 Lektionen,
Wörterverzeichnis zu jeder Lektion und liste der starken und unregelmäßigen
Verben. Das Ziel des Kursus ist den Studierenden Grundkenntnisse zu geben, vier
Kommunikationsfertigkeiten: Hören, Sprechen, Lesen und Schreiben zu lehren. Am Ende des Moduls haben die Studierenden in der Lage:
Ideen und Konzepte an andere weiterzugeben;
• in Teams und kleinen Gruppen und Paaren zusammenzuarbeiten;
• Informationen, die für eine bestimmte Aufgabe erforderlich sind zu identifizieren,
zu suchen und zu analysieren
Vokabeln zum Text, Sprachkenntnisse und Fähigkeiten zu verstehen, die die
Schüler bei derArbeit vermitteln müssen.
allgemeine und professionelle Sprache in Diskussionen und Sprechen zu
verwenden
Forschungsarbeiten zu bestimmten, durch das Modul abgedeckten Themen
durchzuführen
• ihre wissenschaftliche Lesekompetenz und Denkenfähigkeit zu erweitern.
dieses Wissen in die Praxis umzusetzen.
• Lesen, Schreiben, Präsentieren und Bewerten von Geschäftsberichten
Mode of delivery Schritte A1/1 (Verlag Hueber) und Deutsch(F, Alijewa), Zavyalova“Deutsch für
Beginner“
Prerequisites and co-requisites None
Recommended optional
programme components
-
Recommended or required
reading
Schritte 1/1
Deutsch als Fremdsprache Noskov. Deutsch
Verschiedene Kurzbücher
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Geplante Lernaktivitäten und
Unterrichtsmethoden
Klassendiskussionen, Lektüre aus Lehrbüchern, Aufgaben, Quiz, Prüfungen,
Konversationen
Ein Arbeitsbuch mit zahlreichen Übungen, ausführlicherPhonetikprogramm, miit CD/
Kassetten
1 Lektion 1, Alphabet
der Artikel
Präsens der schwachen Verben
Dialog „Zwei Studenten“ Dialog „Bekanntschaft“
Teile A, B
Schritte 1/1
2 Der Text “Die Hörer lernen Deutsch” Den Text nacherzählen
Fragen zum Text Wortfolge
im Aussagesatz im Fragesatz
Teil C, D
3 Demonstrativpronomen
das Verb “haben” Den Dialog “Sie gehen zur Vorlesung”
Teile A; B;
4 „Im Übungsraum“ lesen und übersetzen
I. Teil, II Teil des Textes Grundzahlwörter
Präfixe Negation
Fragen zum Text Verneinung
Teile C; D; E
5 Text. “Die Familie.“ lesen und übersetzen Grammatik.
Präsens der starkenVerben.
Possesivpronomen.
PersonalpronomenimNominativ und Akkusativ.
Präpositionen mit Akkusativ.
Kapitel 5
6 • Text: Ein Brief ,
• den Text lesen,
• analysieren und übersetzen Grammatik:
Deklination des Substantivs Deklination der
Personalpronomen. Präpositionen mit Dativ.
Kapitel 6
7 • Text: Mein Haus,
• den Text lesen, übersetzen und analysieren
• Präpositionen mit Akkusativ oder Dativ.
Deklination der Eigennamen
Kapitel 7
8 Zwischenprüfung Mein Tag analysieren
.Grammatik: Reflexive Verben.
Perfekt.
Übungen
Aufgaben
Kapitel 8
9 Text: Pauls freier Tag,
Grammatik. Modalverben.
.Satzreihe Übungen machen
Kapitel 9
10 Im Warenhaus
Grammatik: Deklination des Adjektivs. Imperativ. Ordnungszahlwörter.
Kapitel 10
11 • Festtagen , lesen und übersetzen
• über das Thema ein Gespräch führen
• Grammatik: das unbestimmte Pronomen „man“. Präteritum von „sein“ und
„haben“.
• Präpositionen mit Genitiv
12 • Text “In der Buchhandlung”
• Grammatik: Satzgefüge.
• Objektsätze.
Kapitel 11
13 • In der Buchhandlung
• Grammatik: Satzgefüge.
• Kausalsätze.
• Wiederholung des Durchgenommenen
14 Mahlzeiten lesen und anaysieren
Grammatik.
Prominaladverbien
• Wiederholung des Durchgenommenen
Kapitel 12
15 • Text: Die Jahreszeiten Grammatik:
Futurum. Pronomen “es”.
Komporation des Adjektivs und Adverbs.
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour) Total Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 11 11
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Homework 14 3 42
Quizzes 2 4 8
Final Examination 1 3 3
Total Workload 150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title HISTORY OF AZERBAIJAN
Course unit code HIST 1101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st year
Semester/trimester when the course
unit is delivered
1st Semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated 2
Name of lecturer Tahmina Aslanova
Class information Location: Time:
Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
This course will cover History of Azerbaijan since ancient periods till
nowadays, focusing on political, economic, military, agrarian, etnic, demografic processes which happened in the history of Azerbaijan
nation. Delivering to students problems of formation of Azerbaijan
nation, historical stages of statehood of Azerbaijan, we will focus on
acquiring by them the skills of objective assessment of historical issues. The course will be taught through the series of seminars and
lectures grouped by topics.
Academic Aims of the course:1.Instill a sense of patriotism, to expand and deepen students’ knowledge of the history and historical analysis
as well as provide them with the ability to critically read the
sophisticated literature of the discipline and understand it.
Learning Outcomes of the Course
By the end of the course the students will be able to:
- Understand the historical and geographical place of
Azerbaijan in South Caucasus region;
- Follow the socio-political, economic and cultural development
of Azerbaijan after gaining the independence;
- Critically analyze and evaluate the historical processes
Teaching Methodology
The course wil be taught through lectures, discussions and
case studies. The course will employ student – and learning
centered approach. Discussions based on student contributions
add a vital and dynamic element to the class. The classes will be held twice a week and ready for discussions. As a rule of
thumb everyone should come to class with comments or
questions from the core readings.
Mode of delivery face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-requisites None
recommended optional programme
components
-
Recommended or required reading 1.Textbook: Ismail bey Zardabli. The history of Azerbaijan. (from
ancient times to the present day), London, 2014. 2. Swietochowski Tadeusz. Russian Azerbaijan, 1905-1920: The
shaping of National Identity in a Muslim Community, 2 edit.,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2004; National Consciousness and Political Orientations in Azerbaijan. 1905-1920.
From the Conference materials held on in 1980.
3.Mahmudlu Y. Azerbaijan short history of statehood. Baku, 2006.
4. Mahmudlu Y., Shukurov K. Garabagh. Real history. Facts and
documents. Baku, 2005.
5. Altstadt, Audrey. The Azerbaijani Turks: Power and Identity under
Russian rule: Stanford, 1992.
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, discussions and brainstorming, feedback and
presentation sessions, discussion sessions
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) -
course contents
Week Description Source
1 Azerbaijan during ancient period.
Theoretical, methodological issues and sources of Azerbaijan history.
Prehistoric period in the territory of Azerbaijan. Tribal units and initial state
formations in the territory of Azerbaijan. Ancient states in the territory of Azerbaijan.Mannea.Azerbaijan as part of the Median and Achamanid
Empire. The state of Atropatena. Ancient Albania.
Chapter 1,2,3,4
(I.Zardabli. History of
Azerbaijan)
Textbook
2 Azerbaijan in the early middle ages (III-IX centuries).
Spring up of early feudalism relationsin Azerbaijan, occupation of Azerbaijan by Sassanids, culture and religion, give detailed information
about initial feudal agrarian relations. Albania as part of the Empire.
Spreading of Christianity in Albania. Arab invasion, spread of Islam. Arab-
Chapter 5,6
Textbook
Khazar wars. Resettlement and tax policy. Administration. Khurramid’s
movement. Babak’s early life, Babak’s introduction to Khurramdin, his
revolt against the arabs. His castle – Ghaleye babak(Bazz Galasi). Babak’s defeat and execution.
3 Azerbaijan during Renaissance period (IX- beginning of XIII
century).
Independent feudal states- Shirvanshahs, Sajjids, Salarids, Shaddadids, Ravvadids. Detailed analysis of Azerbaijan nation’s formation.
The Seljug Empire. The State of Atabegs.Azerbaijan in the period of
developed feudalism. Short content: Tughrul beg, as a founder of Empire, Selcug sultans and their
raids, incorporation of all Azerbaijan into the Empire. The main role of
seljugs in the formation process of Azerbaijan nation. The impact of Seljugs
to the European states plans about changing of world maps in favor of themselves. Decline and collapse of the Empire. The historical role of
Atabeys in the statehood history of Azerbaijan. Shamsaddin Eldeniz’s
personality. To give more information about agrarian-feudal relations, detailed comment on importance of Renaissance period culture.End of
state. Legacy.
Chapter 7,8
Textbook
4 Azerbaijan in XIII-XV centuries.
Mongol yoke in Azerbaijan. Timurid State. Shirvanshahs State in XIV-XV centuries. Feudal states of Azerbaijan in the XV century.
The specific characters of Mongol’s raids. Azerbaijan as part of the state
of Hulakids. The reign of Chobanids and Calairids. Devastating results of the Mongol conquest. Reforms of Ghazan xan. The territory ruling by
Timurid dynasty. Timur’s raids toward Azerbaijan. His relationships with
Garagoyunlu Yusuf, Sultan Ahmed Calayir and Sheykh Ibrahim Darbandi. The weakening of empire after Timur’s death. Ibrahim Darbandi’s
personality as a vassal of Gara Yusuf. The states of Karakoyunlu and
Aghgoyunlu.
The origin and first habitation of both tribes. Gara Yusuf as a leader of
Garagoyunlu state. His successes on driving out of Timurids and Calairids
from Azerbaijan.
Chapter 9,10,11
Textbook
5 Azerbaijan Safavids State (XVI-XVII centuries).
Azerbaijan in XVI century.
Short content: Establishment of Safavids state. İnternal and foreign policy of Shah İsmail I. The reign period of Shah Tahmasib I. Safavids-Ottoman
wars and Azerbaijan. Socio-economic life of Azerbaijan in XVI century.
Azerbaijan in XVII century. Fight for liberation against the Ottoman. The reign of Shah Abbas I and his reforms. Ottoman-Safavids wars in the first
half of XVII century. Istanbul II (Sarab) and Marand treaties.
Chapter 12,13
Textbook
6 Azerbaijan in the first quarter of XVIII century
The conversion of Azerbaijan into the international conflict arena. The reign of Nadir Shah Afshar.
Short content: The social-political situation in Azerbaijan after signing of
Gasri-Shirin treaty (1639). Popular uprising against Safavid rule or its policies. Dividing the territory of Azerbaijan between Russia, Ottoman
Empire and Safavid. Becoming of Nadir khan the main figure of these
processes. Afshar as one of the Turkic tribes. Nadir’s personality and his coming to the throne. His victories, raids, establishing of Empire. The
political situation after his assassination.
Chapter 14,15
Textbook
7 Azerbaijan in the period of Khanates. The second part of XVIII
century.
Chapter 16
Textbook
The khanates of Northern Azerbaijan. Foreign policy. Socio-economy life
in this period. Foreign states aspirations to establish their dominion in the
Caucasus. Aga Mahammad Shah Gacar’s attacks.
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Azerbaijan in XIX century
Division of Azerbaijan territories between Russia and Iran. Treaty of Gulistan (1813). The secondRussian-Iran war.
Short content: Beginning of Azerbaijan land’s occupation by joining of
Eastern Georgia to Russia. Resistance of Car-Balakan and Ganja against Russian army. The military actions during I Russia-Iran war. Signing of
Gulistan treaty. Europe states, especially England, efforts to incite Iran
against Russia. Negotiations between two states on the eve of second Russian-Iran war. The chief commanders of Caucasus Army and their
activity. Paskevic as a negotiator at the peace talks. Turkmenchay Treaty
(1828).
Resettlement policy. Northern Azerbaijan in 30-70th years of XIX century. Forging Russian Empire in the South Caucasus. German colonies in
Azerbaijan. Intensifying resettlement process of Armenians. National-
colonial policy of Tsarism. Forming of military-curfew regime. National uprisings against this governance system and liquidation of it. Reforms of
40-60th years. Northern Azerbaijan in 70 years- at the beginning of XX
century. Formation of capitalist relations. Peasantry reform of 1870.
Chapter 17,18
Textbook
10 Azerbaijan in the first decades of XX century (1901-1918)
Further progress in oil industry. Development of oil monopolies.
Confrontation between governing bodies and exploited population.
Workers’strikes at the beginning of XX century in Baku. Impact of I Russian revolution(1905-1907) to the political process in
Azerbaijan. Sosial-democratic organization “Hummet”. Activity of
Azerbaijan intelligency on formation of national consciousness. Armenian-
Muslim slaughter in 1905-1906. National parties as “Difai”, “Ittifag-ul-Muslimin”, “Mudafia”, “Musavat”.
All-Russian Congresses. Participation of deputies from Azerbaijan in State
Dumas of Russian Empire. Southern Azerbaijan in 30th years of XIX century-1914.
The movement of Babilar (1848-1852) in Southern Azerbaijan. Iranian
Constitutional Revolution and S.Azerbaijan. Sattarkhan.
Azerbaijan during World War I. Political situation after the February
revolution. Azerbaijan in the system of statehood of South Caucasus. March Genocide.
Azerbaijan in the interests of world countries during WW I. Heroes of war.
Tendency of democratization after the February revolution (1917). Activities of Transcaucasian Comissariat and Seym. Baku Soviet attempts
on weakening the social base of Musavat party. Replacing the idea of
territorial autonomy by the idea of Independence.
Chapter 19,20
Textbook
11 Azerbaijan Democratic Republic (1918-1920)
Declaration of Independence. The activity of Azerbaijan National
Government in Tbilisi. The measures taken on national state-building in
Ganja by ADR. The attack plan of the Baku Council of People’s Commissars to Ganja and military operations for carrying out it. The
successful operations of Azerbaijan National Army. The foundation of the
Centro- Caspian Dictatorship. The liberation of Baku and removing of
Azerbaijan government from Ganja to Baku. Restoring the activity of National Council. The organization of Azerbaijan Parliament. The
Chapter 21
Textbook
Coalition Government. Starting democratic changes in Azerbaijan society.
The cultural-education measures. Agrarian policy of National government.
The activity of Azerbaijan representatives in Paris Peace Conference. The government crisis in April 1920. The occupation march of XI Army. The
internal and external reasons of break-up of ADR. The place and role of
ADR in the history of our nation.
National movement in Southern Azerbaijan. Sheykh Mahammad Khiyabani. Tabriz revolt. Azadistan. (1917-1920)
12 Azerbaijan in the 20-30s of XX century
The first socialist changes and government decrees. The foundation of new communist-bolshevik state structures. Violence of bolsheviks and political
persecutions. Armed revolts. Movement of the bandits. The international
and domestic situation of Azerbaijan SSR in 1920-1922s. Signing of
treaties between RSFSR and Azerbaijan SSR. Treaties of Moscow and Kars. Azerbaijan SSR in the Transcaucasian SFSR and USSR. Discords in
the leadership of Azerbaijan. Formation of Nakhchevan ASSR and NKAO
in the Azerbaijan SSR. Azerbaijan political immigration. Implementation of NEP. Industrialization and collectivization. The serious changes
occurred in the social structure of the population.
Expanding of resistance movement against Soviet rule. The massive repressions in Azerbaijan. The Constitution of 1937 of Azerbaijan SSR.
Chapter 22
Textbook
13 Azerbaijan during the World War II.
Short content: The attack of Fascist Germany to USSR. The plans of
warried states on Azerbaijan. Baku as the main arsenal of Soviet Army. The formation of Azerbaijan national divisions. The participation of
Azerbaijanis in battle fronts, guerilla and anti-fascist resistance movement.
The struggle of Azerbaijanis for the liberation of Moscow, Stalingrad, Caucasus, Ukraine, Belarus lands. The negotiations between Hitler
Germany and political immigrants about Independence of Azerbaijan and
its results.
The national-liberation movement in South Azerbaijan. 21 Azer Movement. The foundation and activity of National Government.
S.J.Pishavari. The reasons of defeat of National-Liberation movement.
Chapter 23
Textbook
14 Azerbaijan in the years after World War II.
Short content: Socio-economic development and political conditions in
Northern Azerbaijan. New industrial cities, strengthening of strong political
situation, deportation of Western azerbaijanis from their homeland by
Soviet leadership in 40-50s years XX century. Anti-Azerbaijan position of Center. The decisions of Council of Ministers of USSR giving by December
23, 1947 and March 10, 1948.
The leadership of 1954-1959 years in Azerbaijan (Imam Mustafayev, Sadiq Rahimov, Mirza Ibrahimov). The warming of Soviet political system and
its influence to the political, cultural life of the national fringes.
Vali Akhundov (1959-1969) and Haydar Aliyev as the first secretary of
Central Committee of Azerbaijan Communist Party (1969-1982). The Constitution of Azerbaijan SSR adopted in 1978.
Chapter 24
Textbook
15 Independent Azerbaijan Republic.
Azerbaijan in the middle of 80s-beginning of 90s of XX century. The struggle for territorial integrity.
The public-political base of collapsing of USSR. Restructuring policy and
its results in Azerbaijan.The policy of Center on aggravating the relations
of the nations. The sharpening of relations between Azerbaijan-Armenia. The deportation of Azerbaijanis living in Armenia with violence from their
homeland.
Chapter 25
Textbook
Internal and foreign policy of Azerbaijan Republic. The escape from the
danger of collapsing of Independent Azerbaijan statehood and its
strengthening process. The Salvation Movement. The effort of making civil war on June, 1993 and its prevent. Returning to the power of Heydar Aliyev.
The Salvation Day. Army Reconstruction. Signing of Ceasefire.
Construction of democracy, state of law and civil society. Strategy of
economic development. Social revival. Acceptance of Constitution of Azerbaijan Republic. Election to National Assembly. Parliament
construction. Restoration of “Great Silk Way”. Activation of TRASEKA
transport passage. Foreign policy strategy of Azerbaijan Republic. Becoming the member of international organizations of Azerbaijan.
Foundation of GUAM. The I Congress of World Azerbaijanis in Baku.
Azerbaijan during the beginning of new, third millenium. Resumption of Nagorno-Karabakh conflicts on the eve of collapse of
Soviet Union, occupation of nearly 20% of Azerbaijan lands by Armenian
military troops. Sounding ideas of independence from Freedom Square.
Black January. The Constitutional Act of the 18th October of 1991, legal-democratic state building, about reforms, struggle for the strengthening of
Independence of the Republic of Azerbaijan, successful relations with
foreign countries.
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 4 4
Individual or Group Work 6 2 12
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation)
Homework 3 1 3
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 4 4
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 70
Total Workload/30(h) 2.3
ECTS Credit of the Course 2
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS
Course unit code ECON 1101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st Year
Semester/trimester when
the course unit is delivered
1st
Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
6
Name of lecturer Rovshan Guliev
Class information Location: Rooms:
Time: Tuesday, Friday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
The main objective of the course consists of receiving the knowledge by
students necessary for understanding of the mechanism of functioning of
economy at the micro- and macro-levels, and also the analysis of consequences of the pursued state policy. It is important as development of market economy is
defined by the independent actions of a great number of producers and
consumers pursuing own interests and them it is necessary to consider at
adoption of economic decisions at the state level.
Microeconomic approach allows studying obviously not observed economic processes and the relations which are found in daily practice between the main
economic agents: business managers, consumers.
The course covers the cause-and-effect relations of the main macroeconomic
indexes and the main tools of public economic policy. Assimilation of a course will allow listeners to explain the macroeconomic phenomena, to
build models of relationship of macroeconomic indicators.
When teaching Introduction to Economics tasks of mastering students are set by
theoretical knowledge and ability to apply them to practical problems in economy.
Learning outcomes the course:
• Understanding microeconomics methodology,
• Acquiring concept of market balance
• Understanding behavior of households and firms under the influence of
changes of exogenous variables in various market
• Understanding how the general balance in economy is reached,
• Explaining in what imperfection of the market and need of intervention of
the state consists.
• Acquiring skills of analyzing of concrete situations in economy from
microeconomics and macroeconomics positions.
Students have to be able to solve specific mathematical objectives on
microeconomics, and also problems of the state intervention in the commodity
market for establishment of the desirable price.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
program components
NA
Recommended or
required reading
1. The Textbook: Campbell R. McConnell, Stanly L. Brue. “Economics:
Principles, Problems, and Policies” 19th edition (2011) (or earlier editions).
2. Option: Mankiw G. Principles of Economics, 7th Edition (2014).
3. The Slides: Campbell R. McConnell, Stanly L. Brue. “Economics: Principles, Problems, and Policies” - McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2005.
Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in
printed forms.
Planned learning
activities and teaching
methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, quizzes
feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions
Language of instruction English
Work placement NA
Course contents:
1 The nature and method Economics
• The economizing problem
• The main Concepts of Economics.
• The economic goals.
• Levels of economy and economics.
• Positive and Negative economics.
1:
Chapter 1 3:
Chapter I.01, I.02
2
Economic Efficiency
• Factors of production.
• Economic Efficiency.
• Production possibilities curve
• The economic systems.
1: Chapter 2 3:
Chapter I.02,
I.04
3 Demand, supply, and market equilibrium
• Demand. Low of demand. Determinants of demand.
• Supply. Low of Supply. Determinants of Supply.
• Market Equilibrium.
• Ceiling and floor prices.
Lab. Simulating of equilibrium price finding
1:
Chapter 3 3:
Chapter I.03
4
Elasticity of demand and supply
• Price Elasticity of demand.
1:
Chapter 4
• Price Elasticity of supply.
• Income Elasticity of demand.
• Cross Elasticity.
Lab. Simulating of finding different type of elasticity
3:
Chapter I.05
5
Indifference curve analysis. Utility maximization
• Marginal and Total Utility.
• Low of diminishing Marginal Utility.
• Consumer equilibrium in cardinalist approach.
• Indifference curve.
• Budget line.
• Consumer equilibrium in ordinalist approach.
Quiz.
1: Chapter 5
3: Chapter
I.06, I.06 app
6 The cost of production
• Explicit and implicit costs.
• Fixed and variable costs.
• Economic profit.
• Total, Marginal and average product.
• Law of Diminishing Returns.
• Average Total cost, Average variable cost, Marginal cost.
Lab. Simulating of finding different type of costs
1: Chapter 6
3: Chapter I.07
7 Market structures.
• Pure competition.
• Pure monopoly.
• Monopolistic Competition.
• Oligopoly.
Quiz.
1: Chapter 6
3: Chapter I.08
I. 09, I.10
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Private and Public Sectors
• Economic functions of government.
• Market failures.
• Public goods and externalities
1: Chapter 7
3: Chapter
II.05
10 National Accounting System
• GDP.
• NDP, NI, PI, DI.
• Nominal and real GDP.
• Price index
Lab. Simulating of computing National Accounting Indicators
1: Chapter 8
3: Chapter
II.07
11
Economic Growth and Instability. Multiplier
• Economic growth.
• Business cycles.
• Unemployment.
• Inflation.
1: Chapter 9
3: Chapter
II.08, II.09
Lab. Simulating of calculation of Unemployment rate and Inflation
12 Fiscal policy
• Aggregate demand and aggregate supply.
• Fiscal policy instruments.
• Fiscal policy.
Quiz.
1: Chapter 9
3: Chapter
II.11, II.12
13 Money and Banking
• Money.
• Money aggregates.
• Money demand and supply.
• Monetary multiplier.
1: Chapter 8
3: Chapter
II.13, II.14
14 Monetary Policy
• Functions of central bank.
• Instruments of monetary policy.
• Monetary policy.
Quiz.
1: Chapter 9
3: Chapter
II.15
15 Public Debt. Balance of Payment.
• State budget.
• Types of budget implementation.
• Deficits, surpluses, and debt.
• Exchange Rates.
• BOP.
• Trade Deficit.
1: Chapter 12
3: Chapter
II.18, II.21
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour) Total Workload (hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 18 18
Individual or Group Work 14 5 70
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)
Homework 5 5 25
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 180
Total Workload/30(h) 6
ECTS Credit of the Course 6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ANALYSIS I AND LINEAR ALGEBRA
course unit code MATH 1101
type of course unit Compulsory
level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
year of study 1st
year
semester/trimester when the
course unit is delivered
1st
semester
number of ECTS credits
allocated
8
name of lecturer Aliyev Yagub Clas information Location: Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
description and the learning outcomes of the course unit
Description of the course unit:
The module addresses classical issues of Analytic Geometry, Analysis and Linear
Algebra. Analytic Geometry is a branch of algebra that is used to model geometric objects points, (straight) lines, and circles being the most basic of
these. Analytic geometry is a great invention of Descartes and Fermat. Calculus
studies properties of functions related to its derivatives and integral. Limits and
continuity. Derivatives. Rules of differentiation. Higher order derivatives. Chain
rule. Related rates. Rolle's and the mean value theorem. Critical Points.
Asymptotes. Curve sketching. Integrals. Fundamental Theorem. Techniques of
integration.
Definite integrals. Application to geometry and science. Indeterminate forms.
L'Hospital's Rule. Improper integrals. Infinite series. Geometric series. Power
series. Taylor series and binomial series.
Linear Algebra is a requirement for mathematics and physics majors, and it’s
highly recommended for majors in other sciences especially including Industrial Engineering majors. Topics include systems of linear equations and their
solutions, matrices and matrix algebra, inverse matrices; determinants and
permutations; real n-dimensional vector spaces, abstract vector spaces and their
axioms, linear transformations; inner products (dot products), orthogonality, cross
products, and their geometric applications; subspaces, linear independence, bases
for vector spaces, dimension, matrix rank; eigenvectors, eigenvalues, matrix
diagonalization. Some applications of linear algebra will be discussed, such as
computer graphics, Kirchoff’s laws, linear regression (least squares), Fourier
series, or differential equations.
Students will be able to apply the concepts and methods described in the
syllabus, they will be able to solve problems using linear algebra, they will know a number of applications of linear algebra, and they will be able to follow
complex logical arguments and develop modest logical arguments. The text and
class discussion will introduce the concepts, methods, applications, and logical
arguments; students will practice them and solve problems on daily assignments,
and they will be tested on project writing, midterm, and the final.
Learning Outcomes:
• good understanding of the concepts and methods of Analytic
Geometry, Analysis and Linear Algebra
• ability to solve problems using Analytic Geometry, Analysis and
Linear Algebra.
• connect Analytic Geometry, Analysis and Linear Algebra to other
fields both within and without mathematics.
• develop abstract and critical reasoning by studying logical proofs and the axiomatic method as applied to Analytic Geometry, Analysis and
Linear Algebra.
mode of delivery Face-to-face
prerequisites and co-requisites None
recommended optional
programme components
-
course contents Unit /Topic /Content
Reference to textbook and
chapter(s)
1) Basics a) quantities, algebra, sets of numbers b) Direct, indirect proof,
1, Ch. 1
2) induction c) Real numbers:
inequalities, absolute value,
1, Ch. 2
6, Ch. 2
3) number sequences, limit theorems Vector Calculus a) vector algebra, scalar,
vector and triple product b) Geometric
applications
1, Ch. 3
6, Ch. 2
4) Complex numbers: Cartesian, Euler representation, roots, complex series
1, Ch. 3 2, Ch. 3 1, Ch. 5
5) Functions a) limits, continuity,
6) intermediate value theorem, maximum, minimum b) Elementary
Functions c) inverse functions
1, Ch. 5
2, Ch. 1
7) Differential calculus
a) first and higher order, derivation rules, derivatives of elementary
derivatives functions
1, Ch. 7 3, ch. 3
8) b) Intermediate value theorem c) Monotone, convex functions, extreme
values,
1, Ch. 1
9) rule of de l'Hospital, iterative
numerical approximations
1, Ch. 2 2, Ch. 2
10) Integration a) Riemann sums, definite
integral, fundamental theorem of
differential and integral calculus,
Indefinite
Integral, integration rules b)
integration techniques
1, Ch. 3 3, Ch. 2
11) c) Applications: area,
Curve lenth, center of mass, Guldinus
rules d) average of a function, integral calculus, Taylor formula
1, Ch. 3 3Ch. 2,
12) Infinite series a) Numerical rows Majorants, quotient, root, integral, alternating
2, Ch. 5
series tests b) sets of functions: uniform convergence, term by term
integration and differentiation
13) c) power series, radius of convergence, arithmetic power series,
Taylor series
1, Ch. 5
4, Ch. 11
14) Series expansions of elementary
functions, some applications 1, Ch. 6, ch. 3,4
15) Linear Algebra a) Systems of linear equations, n-dimensional
Euclidean space, matrices,
determinants, Cramer's
rule b) eigenvalue problems
Coordinate transformations, conics.
1, Ch. 1
recommended or required
reading
1. Ross L. Finney, Maurice D. Weir, Frank R. Giordano
Thomas` CALCULUS Early Transcendentals 2012
2. Derek J. S. Robinson, A Course in Linear Algebra with
Applications, World Scientific, 1991. 3. J. Stewart, Calculus, Brooks/Cole, 2012.
planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, solving tasks, research paper, passing quizzes
and exams
language of instruction English
work placement(s) -
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 20 20
Individual or Group Work 14 5 70
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation)
Homework 11 6 66
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 23 23
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 240
Total Workload/30(h) 8
ECTS Credit of the Course 8
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ENGINEERING MECHANICS A: STATICS
Course unit code TECH 1101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st
year
Semester/trimester when the course unit is delivered
1st
semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated 5
Name of lecturer ValehI. Bakhshaliev
Class information Location: Room: 4
Time: Monday, Thursday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course description: Mechanics is the oldest and the most highly developed branch oftechnical sciences. As important foundation of
engineering, its relevance continues to increase as its range of
application grows.
Technical Mechanics divided into Statics, Elastostatics and Dynamics. Statics
is the study of force sacting on bodies that are in equilibrium.
To investigate statics problems, it is necessary to be familiar
with some basic terms, formulas, and work principles.
This course deals with fundamental knowledge of concepts, and the basic
methods of calculation of the Statics.
The course consists of information for Theory of equilibrium of forces,
methods of calculation of forces and moments, analytical methods of equilibrium of mechanical systems, principle of virtual work (Lagrange
principle), calculation of the external and internal reactions of beam structures,
analysis of plane trusses, theory of static friction, properties of plane surfaces.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able to :
• Explain the importance of Technical Mechanics and describe their
role in practice.
• Explain the concepts of Statics used in practical problems.
• Explain the equilibrium conditions of rigid bodies.
• Define the reaction forces of constraints.
• Solution and static account of constructions and trusses.
• Explain the static friction laws in sliding and rolling friction.
• Define the center of gravity of rigid bodies.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Recommended
optional
programme
components
Recommended or
required readings
Required readings:
1. Ferdinand P.Beer ,E.Russel Johnston, Jr. Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and Dynamics, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 6th ed., 2007
2. Dietmar Gross etc. Engineering Mechanics 1. Statics, Springer Textbook, 2013 3. Irving H. Shames. Engineering Mechanics. Statics. IV edition, – Pearson
Education Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2003 4. Targ S. Theoretical mechanics, Moscow, 2005 5. Fritzen, C.-P., TechnischeMechanik I, Vorlesungsskript, 2004
6. Wolfgang H. Muller, Ferdinand Ferber. TechnischeMechanik fur Ingenieure, Fachbuchverlag Leipzig im Carl HanserVerlag, 2008
7. Joseph F. Shelley. Engineering Mechanics. Dynamics. McGraw – Hill Book Company, 2006
8. Barry Onouye. Statics and Sterength of Materials. Pearson Education. Inc., New
Jersey, 2005
Optional readings:
9. Bakhshaliev V.I. Explanatory Dictionary of Mechanics: Main concepts, theorems, laws in Azerbaijani, Russian, English and German. Baku: Science Development Foundation of Azerbaijan, 2012
10. Bakhshaliev V.I. Engineering Mechanics with solution of problems, Baku, “Elm”, 2012
Planned learning
activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Course contents
1 Introduction to Statics:
• Bases and axioms of Statics,
• vector calculation,
• concept of force.
[2], Ch. 1,
p.7
2 Constrained body: [2], Ch. 1,
p.7,16
• Constraints and their reactions,
• Projection of a force on an axis and on a plane.
✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
3 Force system:
• System of forces applied at points,
• notion and representation,
• equivalence and equilibrium in planar and spatial problems.
✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
[2], Ch. 2, p.30
4 Couple forces:
• Composition of two parallel forces. A force couple.
• The theorems about the couples.
✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
[2], Ch.3
5 Reduction of a force system:
• The force moment about a point and an axis.
• Reduction of a force system to a given centre. Main moment and main
vector.
✓ Solution of the exercises.
(Quiz I, chapters 1, 2)
[2], Ch. 3,
p.42
6 Coplanar force system:
• Resultant force, resolution of forces,
• Equilibrium conditions.
✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
[2], Ch. 3,
p.60
7 Space force system:
• moment of a force with respect to an axis,
• equilibrium conditions.
✓ Solution of the exercises.
(Quiz II, chapters 3)
[2], Ch.3,
p.71
8 Midterm examination
9 Beam structure:
• position, reactions of a constraints, load ability, hinge connections,
• internal and external forces in beams and frames, distributed
loading, the concentrated forces,
• coplanar trusses, method of joints and sections, statically
determinate problems.
✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
[2], Ch.7,
p.175
10 Analysis of Trusses:
• Static determinate of Trusses, not tension rods,
• account of reaction forces of rods by method of isolation of joints and
by methods of cuts (Ritter’s method).
✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
[2], Ch.6,
p.153
11 Theory of friction:
• Coulomb dry friction, equilibrium with friction,
• sliding and belt friction,
• rolling friction.
✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
[2], Ch.9,
p.261
12 Centre of gravity: [2], Ch.4,
• Heavy material body: center of gravity, a volume,
• a plane and alinear body,
• properties ofsurfaces: moments of inertia and area.
✓ Solution of the exercises.
(Quiz III, chapters 6, 7)
p.91
13 Statics of a flexible thread:
• Equilibrium of a flexible thread,
• Statics of cable and chains.
✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
[2], Ch.5,
p.119
14 Analytical statics:
• definition of work, principle of virtual work,
• mechanical models and Lagrange principle (Principle of vital
displacement). ✓ Solutionoftheexercises.
[2], Ch.8,
p.223
15 Presentations
Final examination
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 14 14
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 13
13
Homework 2 3 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 14 14
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title GERMAN 2 DEUTSCH 2
Course unit code GERM 1102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
2nd Semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
5
Name of lecturer Husejnzade Xoschgadam
Class information
Location: Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Kursbeschreibung
Deutsch als Fremdsprache
-ist konzipiert für erwachsene Lerner ohne Vorkenntnisse
-orientiert sich am Gemeinsamen Europäischen Referenzrahmen
- führt mit Schritte 2 zum Niveau A1 und bereitet gezielt auf die Prüfung Start Deutsch 1 vor.
- ist durch die alltagsrelevanten Themen speziell für Kurze im Inland geeignet
- ist transparent und übersichtlich: jede der 7 kurzen Lektionen besteht aus in sich abgeschlossenen Modulen zur schnellen Orientierung
Dieser Kursus ist für die SU- Programm studierenden Studenten vorgesehen. Nach dem
Studienprogramm ist es vorgesehen, Deutsch 3 Semester zu studieren: in den ersten und
zweiten Semestern – Grundkursus, im dritten Semester technisches Deutsch.
Es enthält das deutsche Alphabet, phonetische Einführung, 16 Lektionen, Wörterverzeichnis zu jeder Lektion und liste der starken und unregelmäßigen
Verben.
Das Ziel des Kursus ist den Studierenden Grundkenntnisse zu geben, vier
Kommunikationsfertigkeiten: Hören, Sprechen, Lesen und Schreiben zu lehren. Am Ende des Moduls haben die Studierenden in der Lage:
Ideen und Konzepte an andere weiterzugeben;
• in Teams und kleinen Gruppen und Paaren zusammenzuarbeiten;
• Informationen, die für eine bestimmte Aufgabe erforderlich sind zu identifizieren, zu
suchen und zu analysieren
Vokabeln zum Text, Sprachkenntnisse und Fähigkeiten zu verstehen, die die Schüler bei
der Arbeit vermitteln müssen.
allgemeine und professionelle Sprache in Diskussionen und Sprechen zu verwenden
Forschungsarbeiten zu bestimmten, durch das Modul abgedeckten Themen
durchzuführen
• ihre wissenschaftliche Lesekompetenz und Denkenfähigkeit zu erweitern.
dieses Wissen in die Praxis umzusetzen.
• Lesen, Schreiben, Präsentieren und Bewerten von Geschäftsberichten
Mode of delivery Schritte und Deutsch, Zawjalova (für Anfänger)
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
GERM 1101
Recommended
optional programme
components
1. Text: Auf dem Postamt,
Dialog „Ich will ein Telegramm eingeben“
Grammatik. Modalverben.
Satzreihe ,Übungen machen
Lektion 1
2. Den Text übersetzen, den Text nacherzählen, Satzreihe,
Deklination der Adjektive Dialog :„Auf der Post“
3. “Im Warenhaus” lessen und übersetzen
1. Teil, den Text ,Imperativ , Ordnungszahlwörter
4. Den II. Teil den Text nacherzählen
Pronomen “man”
Lektion 2
5. “Weihnachten” Der 1. Teil den Text nacherzählen
Genitivpräpositionen
Präteritum “sein”, “haben” Dialog
6. Satzgefüge, Objektnebensatz Nationalfeste in Aserbaidshan
7. “In der Buchhandlung” lessen und übersetzen
Grammatik: Kausalnebensätze, Prominaladverbien
Lektion 3
8. Zwischenprüfung
9. “Mahlzeiten”lesen und übersetzen
Unbestimmte Pronomen
Doppelkonjunktionen Dialog
10. “Die Jahreszeiten” lesen und übersetzen
Futurum Pronomen „es“
11. Den Text nacherzählen Lektion 4
12. “Eine Reise nach Deutschland”lessen
13. Attributnebensätze
Infinitiv
Deutschland
Lektion 4
14. “Der Urlaub” lesen
Konditionalnebensätze
15. Übungen,
Wiederholung des Durchgenommenen
Recommended or
required reading
Lehrbücher, Deutsch, Schritte
Planned learning
activities and
Disk Ein Arbeitsbuch mit zahlreichen Übungen, ausführlicher Phonetikprogramm, miit CD/
Kassetten ussionen in der Klasse, Material aus dem Lehrbuch , Aufgaben
teaching methods Lessen
Language of instruction German
Work placement(s) -
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour) Total Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 11 11
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Homework 14 3 42
Quizzes 2 4 8
Final Examination 1 3 3
Total Workload 150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ENGLISH II
Course unit code ENGL 1102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st
year
Semester when the
course unit is delivered
2nd Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
5
Name of lecturers Gulnara Ahmadova
Class information Location: Room:
Time: Monday, 12.15, Tuesday, 08.30. Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
Market Leader is a multi-level business course for students of business
English. It has been developed in association with the Financial Times, one of the leading sources of business information in the world. This third edition
of the intermediate level features completely updated content and
significantly enhanced range of authentic resource material, reflecting the latest trends in the business world. The course will improve students’ ability
to communicate in English in a wide range of business situations. It will
develop the students to succeed in business and enlarge their knowledge in
the business world. Grammar section is intended to give practical aid to students. Most of them
still have gaps in their knowledge, gaps that become increasingly apparent as
they put language in writing form. This course will help the students correct
their problems.
Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to:
• know important new words and phrases on business
• read authentic articles on a variety of topics from FT and other newspapers and books on business and discuss them
• develop students’ reading skills to enable them to skim the text for
main idea, to scan the text for specific information, to interpret it for
inferences, attitudes and styles, to deduce meanings from the
context;
• develop the students’ writing skills to enable them to respond to input applying information to a special task, to elicit, to select, to
summarize information in a range of writing activities, such as essay,
articles, reports, summary, e-mail
• develop the students’ listening skills to enable them to
understand and apply specific information from the input on
business
• develop students’ ability to apply knowledge of the language system
and practice their speaking skills in realistic business situations
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
ENGL 1101
Recommended optional programme components
Recommended or
required reading
1. MARKET LEADER Business English Course Book Intermediate. by
David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent,3rd
Edition, Pearson, Financial Times England, 2013
2. Bill Mascull’s Business Vocabulary in Use Cambridge Professional English 2010.
3. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom and case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and
presentation sessions, discussion sessions
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s)
Course contents:
1 • BRANDS
Discussion: Talk about your favourite brands
• 21. Marketing & market orientation . Case study: Hudson
Corporation Writing: e-mail
Unit 1 page 6
Business
Vocabulary
(BV) BV 21
2 • TRAVEL
Discussion: Talk about your travel experiences Case study: BTS: Retain a travel agent's key client Listening
practice. Writing: e-mail
Unit 2 Page14
3 • CHANGE
Discussion: Attitudes to change in general and at work
• 30 Assets, Liabilities & Balance Sheet . Case study Acquiring Asia Entertainment: Solve the problems arising from a recent merger
Writing: action minutes
Unit 3 Page
22
BV 30
4 • ORGANISATION
Discussion: Talk about status within an organisation
Case study: InStep's relocation: Decide on the relocation site of a shoe
manufacturer
Listening practice. Writing: e-mail
Unit 4 Page 36
5 • ADVERTISING
Discussion: Discuss authentic advertisements
• 37.Trading Case study: Alpha Advertising: Develop an
advertising campaign Writing: summary
Unit 5 Page44
BV 37
6 • MONEY
Discussion: Do a Quiz and discuss attitudes to money
Unit 6 Page
52
Listening practice.
7 • Case study Make your pitch: Present a new idea to investors
Writing: e-mail
• 39. Indicators REVISION
Unit 6 Page 62
BV 39
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 • CULTURES
Discussion: The importance of cultural awareness in business
• 40.Wrongdoing & corruption Case study: Business culture briefing: Prepare a talk on business Culture
Writing: report
Unit 7 Page 67
BV 40
10 • HUMAN RESOURCES
Discussion: Talk about job interviews
Case study: Fast Fitness: Find a new manager for a health dub chain
Listening practice. Writing: letter
Unit 8
Page 74
11 • INTERNATIONAL MARKETS
Discussion: Discuss the development of international markets
• 43. Stress & stress management. Case study: Pampas Leather Company: Negotiate a deal on leather Goods. Writing: e-mail
Unit 9 Page 82
BV 43
12 • ETHICS
Discussion: Discuss questions of ethics at work
Case study: Principles or profit?: Debate some ethical dilemmas facing a drugs company Listening practice. Writing: report
Unit 10 Page
96
13 • LEADERSHIP
Discussion: Discuss the qualities of good leadership
• 46. Bisiness across cultures Case study: Lina Sports: Decide on the
best leader for a troubled sportswear manufacturer
Writing: e-mail
Unit 11 p.104
BV 46
14 • COMPETITION
Discussion: Do a quiz on how competitive you are
Unit 12 p. 112
15 • Case study: Fashion House: Negotiate new contracts with
Suppliers Listening practice. Writing: e-mail
• 63. Negotiations. REVISION
Unit 12 p.122
BV 63
FINAL EXAM Total 45 hours
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour) Total Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Homework 14 3 42
Quizzes 2 2 4
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Final Exam 1 3 3
Preparation for Final Exam 1 10 10
Total Workload 150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE I Course unit code COMP 1101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st
year
Semester when the course unit is delivered
2nd
Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturer Javanshir Alizadeh
Class information Location: Room: Time: Mondays
Contact: [email protected],
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
This course presents a breadth-first overview of the discipline that assumes no prior background in computer science, programming, or mathematics.This
course covers all necessary material for introductory computer science and
includes a choice of five programming language modules (online). Students
will gain a solid background in computing hardware and software, networks, programming languages, and applications.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing this course, students should be able to:
1. Understand fundamental ideas such as the design of algorithms,
algorithmic problem solving, abstraction, pseudocode, and iteration. 2. Understand the basic building blocks of computer systems—binary
numbers, Boolean logic, gates, and circuits. Demonstrate how these
elementary concepts can be combined to construct a real computer using the Von Neumann architecture, composed of processors, memory, and
input/output.
3. Describe how system software can create a friendly, user-oriented
problem-solving environment. 4. Write programs to solve interesting problems.
5. Explore important uses of computers in our modern society.
6. Address the social, ethical, and legal issues raised by pervasive computer
technology.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional programme components
Different networking instruments
Recommended or required
reading
The Textbook:
Invitation to Computer Science, SeventhEdition, G. Michael Schneider & Judith L. Gersting, Course Technology 2016
References:
Computer Science: An Overview, 12th Edition, Glenn Brookshear, Dennis
Brylow, ©2015, Pearson
Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 The Definition of Computer Sciences
▪ The Role of Algorithms
▪ The History of Computing ▪ An Outline of Our Study ▪ The Overarching Themes of Computer Science
LAB:Building a Glossary
Chapter 0 (Textbook)
2&3
Data Storage
▪ Bits and their Storage ▪ Main Memory ▪ Mass Storage
▪ Representing Information as Bit Patterns
▪ The Binary System ▪ Storing Integers
▪ Storing Fractions
▪ Data and Programming ▪ Data Compression ▪ Communication Errors
LAB: Data Storage Problems
Chapter 1
(Textbook)
3 Data Manipulation
▪ Computer Architecture
▪ Machine Language
▪ Program Execution ▪ Arithmetic/Logic Instructions ▪ Communicating with Other Devices
▪ Programming Data Manipulation
LAB: Assignment – Circuit Basics
Chapter 2 (Textbook)
4 Operating Systems
▪ The History of Operating Systems ▪ Operating System Architecture ▪ Coordinating the Machine’s Activities
▪ Fiber Channel interface standards ▪ Handling Competition Among Processes ▪ Security
Lab. Windows 10
Chapter 3 (Textbook)
5 Networking and the Internet
▪ Network Fundamentals
▪ The Internet ▪ The World Wide Web ▪ Internet Protocols
▪ Security
Lab. Web page design (Dreamweaver)
Chapter4
(Textbook)
6 Algorithms
▪ The Concept of an Algorithm 218 ▪ Algorithm Representation 221 ▪ Algorithm Discovery 228
▪ Iterative Structures 234
▪ Recursive Structures 245 ▪ Efficiency and Correctness 25
Lab.C++ examples (Eclipse compiler).
Chapter 5 (Textbook)
7 Programming Languages
▪ Historical Perspective ▪ Traditional Programming Concepts ▪ Procedural Units
▪ Language Implementation
▪ Object-Oriented Programming
Chapter 6 (Textbook)
▪ Programming Concurrent Activities
Lab. C++ examples (Eclipse compiler).
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Software Engineering
▪ The Software Engineering Discipline ▪ The Software Life Cycle
▪ Software Engineering Methodologies ▪ Modularity
▪ Tools of the Trade ▪ Quality Assurance
▪ Documentation
Chapter 7
(Textbook)
10 Data Abstractions
▪ Basic Data Structures
▪ Related Concepts ▪ Implementing Data Structures ▪ A Short Case Study
▪ Customized Data Types ▪ Classes and Objects ▪ Pointers in Machine Language
Chapter 7
(Textbook)
11 Database Systems
▪ Database Fundamentals ▪ The Relational Model
▪ Object-Oriented Databases ▪ Maintaining Database Integrity ▪ Traditional File Structures
▪ Data Mining
Lab.MS Access database
Chapter 8
(Textbook)
12 Computer Graphics
▪ The Scope of Computer Graphics
▪ Overview of 3D Graphics ▪ Modeling
▪ Rendering
▪ Dealing with Global Lighting
Lab.TBA
Chapter 9
(Textbook)
13 Artificial Intelligence
▪ Intelligence and Machines
▪ Perception ▪ Reasoning
▪ Additional Areas of Research
▪ Artificial Neural Networks
▪ Robotics
Lab: TBA
Chapter 10 (Textbook)
14 Theory of Computation
▪ Functions and Their Computation
▪ Turing Machines ▪ Universal Programming Languages
▪ Noncomputable Function
▪ Complexity of Problems
Lab:Public-Key Cryptography
Chapter 11 (Textbook)
15 REVISION. Revision
FINAL EXAM
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Individual or group work 14 2 28
Labs and Tutorials 14 1 14
Assignment 1 1 1
Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes 1 1 1
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 91
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY I
Course unit code TECH 1102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st
year
Semester when the
course unit is delivered
2nd Semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated
3
Name of lecturers Telman Askeraliyev
Class information Location: Room: 1,4 Time: Wednesday, Thursday Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
The educational purpose of the Materials Science Engineering program is to provide students with a unique interdisciplinary academic foundation on which it is easy to
continue developing intellectual capacity. During the course not only the basic
overview of materials and the material production and treatment technologies will be presented but a strong emphasis is made to address complex problems in
materials science using knowledge about advances in nanotechnology, electronic
materials, biomaterials, novel alloys, and the selection of materials to meet design
goals.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able to:
• To distinguish between different types of materials;
• To understand various types of techniques for producing and treating
materials;
• To provide useful information on mechanical properties of materials;
• To participate in designing and selection of materials for producing new products;
• To design and conduct various material testing activities for providing better
quality to the users.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or
required reading
Textbook:
1.Fundamentals of Material Science and Engineering, William D. Callister, Jr.,
2001, J.Willey and Sons , Inc.;
Optional:
2.Essentials of Supply Chain Management, Third Edition Paperback – July 6, 2011,
by Michael H. Hugos
3. Procurement and supply processes, A CIPS Profex Study Packs
4. The Principles of Engineering Materials, Facsimile Edition
by Craig R. Barrett (Author), Alan S. Tetelman (Author), William D. Nix (Author)
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Lectures, class projects, reading materials from textbook, quizzes,
discussions, exams.
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) NA
Course contents:
1 Introduction to Material Science – 1
Material Science definition, historical perspective, specific strength
Lab 1: – Calculating stress of the material using Microsoft Excel. Analysis of stress formula represented in Excel spreadsheet;
Discussions - The future of materials science and visualizing current trends in
the development of this field
Team work - Discussing the review of companies in order to select one project
for further development
Ch. 1,
[1],
http://www.enginee ringtoolbox.com/str
ess-strain-
d_950.html
2
Introduction to Material Science – 2
stress, kind of stresses, basic properties, material types
Team work - developing the review part of the project
Ch.7,
[1]
3 Material Testing – 1
stress measurements, components of stress, strain
Lab 2: – Calculating the strain of the material using Microsoft Excel.
Analysis of strain formula represented in Excel spreadsheet;
Team work - developing the review part of the project
Ch.7, [1],
http://www.enginee
ringtoolbox.com
4
Material Testing – 2
importance of testing materials, materials research, standards,
Ch.7, [1]
different kinds of properties
5
Metallography – 1
basic definitions, metallographer, application of metallography, metallographic specimen, sample preparation
Discussion – purpose of experiments on metallography specimen
Ch.5, [1]
http://imechanica.or g/files/quiz9.pdf
6 Metallography – 2
sectioning, fracturing, sawing, abrasive wheel sectioning, mounting, grinding, polishing, etching
Team work - developing the review part of the project
Ch.5, [1]
7 Structures of solid phases – 1
Crystal structure, types of solids, unit cell definition, types of crystalline
structures
Lab 3 – Calculating the Young’s Modulus of the material using Microsoft
Excel. Analysis of Young’s Modulus represented in Excel spreadsheet;
Ch.3, [1]
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Structures of solid phases – 2
FCC, Atomic packing factor, density, BCC, HCP, Allotropy, Anisotropy
Team work - developing the project – final project
Ch.3, [1]
10 Mechanical properties – 1
physical and optical properties, electrical properties, magnetic properties; Lab 4:
Analysis of stress-strain curve using Microsoft Excel - 1;
Creating realistic representation of stress-strain interrelationship for steel in Excel
spreadsheet;
(reference - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZG-3THmF3Q)
Ch.7, [1]
http://www.enginee
ringtoolbox.com
11
Mechanical properties – 2
nuclear properties, thermal properties, fabrication properties Labs:
Analysis of stress-strain curve using Microsoft Excel - 2;
Creating realistic representation of stress-strain interrelationship for steel in Excel spreadsheet;
(reference - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZG-3THmF3Q)
Ch.7, [1]
http://www.physics
247.com/physics- tutorial/hookes-
law.shtml
12 Composite materials – 1
Classification of composite materials, particle reinforced, fiber reinforced ,
Ch.15, [1]
structural composite
Team work - developing the project – final project – discussions related to the material selection and creating a technology for developing a product
13 Composite materials – 2
composite material manufacturing processes, sintering, curing, open mold processes
Lab 4 –Analysis of Hooke’s Law represented in Excel spreadsheet;
Ch.15, [1]
14 Materials selection and Design – 1
Material selection, Product analysis, Case study, System analysis, data
sources, material selection chart
Ch.20, [1]
15 Materials selection and Design – 2
classification of materials, main factors to consider when designing,
fatigue, corrosion
Team work - final part – discussing of the results obtained during the work under
project, presentations if available
Discussions – review of the subject, goals obtained and conclusion
Ch.20, [1]
FINAL EXAM
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Individual or group work 10 4 40
Labs and Tutorials 2
1
2
Assignment
1
1
1
Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 90
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO TECHNICAL VIEW
Course unit code TECH 1103
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st
year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
2nd
Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturers Rauf Malikov
Class information Location: Room 1513
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description.
This course teaches the basics of engineering drawing utilizing free hand sketching, mechanical drawing, and computer aided drafting and solid
modeling. The fundamental principles of orthographic projection as well as
the topics of dimensioning, sectional views, isometric and perspective
pictorials views, descriptive geometry and assembly drawings are taught. Course objectives.
To enable students to acquire and use engineering drawing skills as a means of accurately and clearly communicating ideas, information and instructions.
To enable students to acquire requisite knowledge, techniques and attitude
required for advanced study of engineering drawing
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or required
reading
1.N.D. Bhatt, “Engineering Drawing” Charotar Publishing House, 46 Edition,
(2003)
2.I.A.Habibov, G.S.Baghirova “Engineering Drawing”, Baku,2016
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions, independent works
Language of instruction English
Weeks Course contents
Week 1 Introduction to Engineering Graphics. The methods of projections. Planes of
projection. Four quadrants. Orthographic projections of points. Projections of
points in different quadrants.
Chapter 1,3
Week 2 Geometrical construction. Dividing and constructing lines and angles. Dividing
of line into equal parts. Blending of two lines. Blending of Circle and line.
Blending of two circles. Internal and external blendings.
Chapter 2
Week 3 Projections of straight lines. Relative position of point and straight line. True
length of a straight line and its inclination with the reference planes. Traces of a
line. Methods of determining traces of a line. Two straight lines.
Chapter 4
Week 4 Construction of the sketch of three views of a detail, its sectioning and
dimensioning.
Chapter 8,9
Week 5 Construction of the third projection of detail on two given projections, its
sectioning and dimensioning. Axonometric projections of detail.
Chapter 8,9
Weeks
6, 7
Planes. Projections of planes. Ways of plane representation on drawing. Traces of
planes. Principal lines of plane. Two planes. Parallel and perpendicular planes.
Determining the line of intersection of two planes.
Chapter 5,6
Week 8 Midterm exam
Week 9 Projections of solids. Classification of solids. Construction of the complex
drawing of polyhedron. Intersection of polyhedron with plane. Intersection of
polyhedron with straight line. Solids of revolution. Intersection of solid of
revolution with plane and straight line.
Chapter 7
Weeks
10,11
Joints of details. Classification of joints. Detachable joints. Threads. Thread
drawing. Designation of ISO threads. Join of two detail by thread.
Chapter 10
Week 12 Nut, bolt and stud. Join of two detail by bolt and stud. Chapter 10
Week 13 Pipe Joint. Fittings. Join of two detail by fitting.
Week 14 Permanent joints. Rivets and Riveted Joints. Key joints. Welding Joints Chapter 10
Week 15 Assembly drawings Chapter 9
Final exam
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Labs and Tutorials 2 2 4
Assignment 1 1 1
Project/Presentation/Report 1 1 1
E-learning activities
Quizzes
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Final Exam 1 3 3
Individual or group work 10 4 40
Total Workload 93
Total Workload/30(h) 3.1
ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Course unit code ACCT 1101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 1st year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit is delivered
2nd semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
6
Name of lecturer Mirzoyev Yalchin
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course description
This module is designed to:
Provide students with a thorough insight into the context, scope and
underlying principles of financial accounting;
Give students a sound knowledge of accounting systems and competence in the application of the double entry system of record
keeping;
Ensure that students are able to prepare financial statements for sole traders, partnerships, clubs and companies.
The module is delivered through a combination of lectures and seminars.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, students should be able to:
Explain the nature, scope and objectives of financial reporting and
distinguish between different business structures;
Describe, evaluate and illustrate the application of accounting concepts and
measurement bases;
Apply the principles of double entry to record, process and summarize financial data in an entity's accounting system;
Identify and apply the appropriate accounting technique for the issuance of
shares and loan capital, including the redemption of preferences shares. Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co- requisites
None
Recommended optional programme
components
–
Course contents Unit
Topic
Content Textbook(s)
and chapter(s)
1 Introduction:
Accounting – The Language of Business
a) The Nature of Accounting; b) The Balance Sheet and Transactions;
c) The Accounting Profession.
Ch. 1 [1]
2 Measuring Income to Assess Performance
Measuring Income; The Income Statement; Statement of Cash Flows; Four Popular Financial Ratios.
Ch. 2 [1]
3
Recording Transactions
Quiz 1 (units: 1-3)
Distribution of Assignment 1 (to
be finished in 1.5 weeks)
a) The Double-Entry Accounting System; b) Debits and Credits; c) The Recording Process.
Review Spreadsheet Models in Excel:
{(P) 3-25/3-26, pgs. 111-112 [1]}
Ch. 3 [1]
4
a) T-Accounts; b) Preparing the Trial Balance;
Spreadsheet Models in Excel:
{(P) 3-27/3-44, pgs. 112-122}
5
Accounting for Sales
a) Recognition of Sales Revenue; b) Measurement of Sales Revenue;
c) Cash;
d) Credit Sales and Accounting Receivable.
Spreadsheet Models in Excel:
{(E) 5-30/5-78, pgs. 200-217 [1]}
Ch. 5 [1]
6
Inventories and Cost of
Goods Sold
a) Gross Profit and Cost of Goods Sold; b) Perpetual and Periodic Inventory
Systems.
Ch. 6 [1]
7
Principal Inventory Valuation Methods;
LIFO, FIFO; The Importance of Gross Profit.
Spreadsheet Models in Excel:
{(P) 6-48/6-83, pgs. 258-274 [1]}
8
Long-Lived Assets and
Depreciation
Quiz 2 (units: 4-8)
a) Overview of Long-Lived Assets; b) Tangible and Intangible Assets;
c) Depreciation of Building and Equipment;
d) Amortization of Intangible Assets.
Review Spreadsheet Models in Excel:
{(E) 7-21/7-48, pgs. 296-303 [1] | (P) 7-49/7-73,
pgs. 303-315 [1]}
Ch. 7 [1]
9 Midterm examination
10 Statement of Cash Flows
a. Overview of Statement of Cash Flows; b. Transactions Affecting Cash Flow;
Ch. 10 [1]
c. T-Accounts Approach to Statement of Cash Flows.
11
Stockholders’ Equity
Quiz 3 (units: 8-11)
Distribution of Assignment 2 (to
be finished in 1.5 weeks)
a) Background on Stockholders’ Equity; b) Preferred Stock;
c) Additional Stock Issuance.
Ch. 11 [1]
12
a) Repurchase of Shares; b) Retained Income Restrictions;
c) Financial Ratios Related to Stockholders’ Equity.
Spreadsheet Models in Excel:
{(E) 11-26/11-41, pgs. 474-477 [1] | (P) 11-
42/11-71, pgs. 478-489 [1]}
13
Financial Statements
Analysis
a. Sources of Information About Companies;
b. Objectives of Financial Statements Analysis.
Ch. 13 [1]
14
a) Evaluating Trends and Components of the Business;
b) Financial Ratios; c) Tying Financial Ratios Together;
d) Ratio Analysis and Du-Pont Chart.
{(Q) 13-1/13-26, pgs. 568-569 [1]}
Review Spreadsheet Models in Excel on: Ratio
Analysis.
{(E) 13-27/13-58, pgs. 569-584 [1]}
MCI, the long-distance telephone company. The
Home Depot. Inc.
Merck & Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries.
15 Operating Performance and Financial Performance; Prominence of Earnings per Share.
Final examination
Recommended or
required readings
Required readings: 1. Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, John A. Elliott, Donna Philbrick:
“Introduction to Financial Accounting”, Pearson pub., 11th
Edition, 2013 2. Jerold L. Zimmerman: “Accounting for Decision Making and Control”, McGraw-
Hill Education, 8th
Edition, 2013
Optional readings:
3. Thomas A., Ward A.: “Introduction to Financial Accounting”, 8th
edition, McGraw
Hill, London pub., 2015. 4. Wood F., Sangster A.: “Business Accounting”, 12
th edition, Pearson pub., 2012.
5. Connolly C.: “International Financial Accounting and Reporting”, 5th
Edition,
2015.
6. Colin Drury: “Management & Cost Accounting”, 8th
Edition, Cengage India pub., 2014.
Planned learning Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activity
Number
Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Labs and Tutorials
Assignment 5 3 15
Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes 2 5 10
Midterm Exam preparation 1 10 10
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Final Exam preparation 1 15 15
Final Exam 1 3 3
Individual or group work 14 6 84
Total Workload 181
Total Workload/30(h) 6.03
ECTS Credit of the Course
6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
course unit title ANALYSIS 2 AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
course unit code MATH 1102
type of course unit Compulsory
level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
year of study 1st
year
semester/trimester when the course unit is delivered
2nd
semester
number of ECTS credits allocated 8
name of lecturer Alizadeh Akif
class information Location: Room: 1 Time: Tuesday, Friday
Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
learning outcomes of the course
unit
Course Description
This course teaches foundations of multivariable calculus and o differential equations.
Topics to be covered include functions of several variables, application of the partial derivatives, Chain rule, maxima and minima
for functions of two variables, multiple integrals, ordinary differential
equations, some elementary method of integration, linear
homogeneous equations, linear homogeneous equations of second order with constant coefficients, ordinary differential equations
systems, linear homogeneous differential equations with constant
coefficients.
Learning Outcomes of the Course: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1.Analysis Functions of several variables. Creating graphs. Partial
derivatives. Differentials. Applications of the Partial derivatives.
Implicit Partial differentiation.
2.The mean-value theorems. Chain rule. Maxima and minima for
functions of two variables.
3.Calculate Multiple Integrals(double, triple).
Use of Lagrange multipliers.
4. Distinguish between linear, nonlinear, partial and ordinary
differential equations.
5. State the basic existence theorem for 1st order ODE’s and use
the theorem to determine a solution interval.
6. Recognize and solve a variable separable differential
equation.
7. Recognize and solve a homogeneous differential equation.
8. Recognize and solve an exact differential equation. 6. Recognize
and solve a linear differential equation by use of an integrating
factor.
9. Find particular solutions to initial value problems.
10. Solve basic application problems described by first order
differential equations.
Linear Differential Equations of Higher Order Students will be able
to:
1. Use the existence theorem for boundary value problems to
determine uniqueness of solutions.
2. Use the Wronskian to determine if a set of functions is
linearly independent.
3. Build solutions to differential equations by superposition of
known solutions.
4. Find the complete solution of a nonhomogeneous differential equation as a linear combination of the
complementary function and a particular solution.
5. Construct a second solution to a second order differential
equation by reduction of order.
6. Find the complete solution of a homogeneous differential
equation with constant coefficients by examining the characteristic equation and its roots.
7. Find the complete solution of a nonhomogeneous differential equation.
9. Find the complete solution of a differential equation with constant coefficients by variation of parameters.
10. Solve basic application problems described by second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients.
mode of delivery Face-to-face
prerequisites and co-requisites MATH 1101
recommended optional programme components
MathLab environment
recommended or required reading 1.SALAS/HILLE/ETGEN, eighth edition, Calculus, one and
several variables.
2. Introduction to Differential Equations. Jeffrey R. Chasnov. http://www.math. ust.hk/~machas/differential-
equations.pdf
3 .Craig A. Tracy. Lectures on Differential Equations. Department
of Mathematics. University of California Davis, CA 95616,January 2015
Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, case study discussions and brainstorming,solving
exercises, quizzes, exams.
language of instruction English
course contents:
1. Functions of several variables.
Elementary examples. Graphs. Partial derivatives. Differentials.
Chapter 14
(Textbook 1)
slide
2.
Applications of the Partial derivatives.
Implicit Partial differentiation.
Chapter 14
(Textbook)
slide
3. The mean-value theorems. Chain rule. Maxima and minima for functions
of two variables..
Chapter 15
(Textbook1)
slide
4.
Maxima and minima with side conditions. Lagrange multipliers. Chapter 15
(Textbook1)
slide
5. Multiple Integrals (double, triple).
Some applications of double integrals
Chapter 16
(Textbook1 )
slide
6. Multiple Integrals (double, triple).
Calculation triple integrals
Chapter 16
(Textbook1 )
slide
7. Some applications. Exercises slide
8. MIDTERM EXAM
9. Ordinary Differential equations.
Basic concepts. First order differential equations.
Chapter 1
(Textbook 2)
10 First order equations. Linear
first order equations. Solving
the problem.
Chapter 2 (Textbook 2)
11 Numerical methods. Euler’s method.
Chapter 3 (Textbook 2)
12 Linear second order equations
Chapter 5 (Textbook 2)
13 Linear higher order equations
Chapter 9 (Textbook 2)
14 High order constant coefficient Homogeneous equations
Chapter 9 (Textbook 2)
15 Linear systems of differential equations
Chapter 10 (Textbook 2
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Assignment 5 3 15
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 12 12
Individual or Group Work 14 8 112
Midterm Exam 1 3 3
Project (including preparation and
presentation) 1 12
12
Quizzes 6 2 12
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 240
Total Workload/30(h) 8
ECTS Credit of the Course 8
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ETHICS IN ENGINEERING
Course unit code MGS 2101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered 3rd Semester
No of ECTS credits
allocated 4
Name of lecturer Solmaz Huseynova
Class information Location: Room 3
Time: Tuesday, 14.05-15.40
Wednesday, 14.05-15.40
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit Course description
The purpose of this course is to help future engineers be prepared for confronting and
resolving ethical issues that they might encounter during their professional careers. It
gives an overview of the moral problems engineers face in their different social roles,
and it provides conceptual tools and methods necessary for pursuing those issues. Topics include engineering professionalism; social roles of engineers; ethical theories;
ethical decision- making techniques; code of ethics of engineering societies. Case
studies are discussed in a practice-oriented approach. The primary goal is to stimulate
critical and responsible reflection on moral issues surrounding engineering practice. It will allow students to explore the relationship between ethics and engineering and apply
classical moral theory and decision making to engineering issues encountered in
academic and professional careers.
Learning outcomes of the course:
On successful completion of this course, students will:
• understand their duties and responsibilities as professional and ethical
engineers;
• have basic knowledge to make informed ethical decisions when
confronted with problems in the working environment;
• have improved awareness of potential ethical issues within an
engineering context;
• have knowledge and understanding in Engineering code of ethics;
• understand the importance of ethics in the engineering profession.
• improve analytical skills through investigation and evaluation of
ethical problems in engineering;
• improve team skills through working in teams on assignments and in- class
assignments.
• identify ethical problems and dilemmas in technological and organizational
contexts and be able effectively analyze cases and make ethically optimal
decisions;
• develop critical thinking skills and professional judgement and
understand practical difficulties of bringing about change
• understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global/societal
context.
• have recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in lifelong
learning.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites None
Recommended optional
programme components -
Required reading Textbook 1: Engineering Ethics, International Edition, 4th Edition Charles
Fleddermann, 2013
Textbook 2: Charles E. Harris, Jr., Michael S. Pritchard, Michael J. Rabins,
“Engineering Ethics: Concepts and Cases” 4th
edition, 2009 Wadsworth.
Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Teaching will be based on active class participation. Students are expected to read the assigned cases and the material covered in the previous lecture before coming to
class. The lecturer will summarize and explain the main concepts and techniques used
for moral problem solving. Previously assigned cases will be presented and discussed by the students in class.
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) NA
Unit 1: General Introduction. Why study Engineering Ethics? Personal vs. Professional Ethics. Ethics and the Law. Ethical decision-making. Morals and ethics.
Comparison of ethics and engineering ethics. Engineering and Professionalism.
The importance of ethics in engineering. Moral/ethical dilemmas and hierarchy of moral values. Ethics problems are like design problems: case discussion
Chapter 1
Textbook 1
pp 2-14
Unit 2: Engineering Standards. Responsibility in Engineering. The Role of Codes of Ethics
in Engineering. The Standard of Care. Liability. Professional responsibilities of
engineers. Ethical theories. Case discussion
Chapter 2
Textbook 1
pp 28-34
Unit 3: Framing the Problem. Determining the Facts. Weighing the Importance of Facts.
General Principles. The Cost–Benefit Approach. Respect for Persons. The Golden Rule Approach. The Self-Defeating Approach. The Rights Approach. Case
discussion
Chapter 3
Textbook 2
Unit 4: Resolving problems. Ethical Problem-Solving Techniques. Analysis of Issues in Ethical Problems. Line Drawing. Flow Charting. Conflict Problems. An Application
of Problem-Solving Methods: Bribery/Acceptance of Gifts. Solving Problems 4.1-
4.2 Case discussion: Cellular phones and cancer
Chapter 4
Textbook 1
pp 72-73
Unit 5: Risk, Safety, and Accidents. Risk Management. The Engineer’s Approach to Risk. Expanding the Engineering Account of Risk: The Capabilities Approach to
Identifying Harm and Benefit. “Risky” Situations and Acceptable Risk. Equity or
Justice. The Critical Attitude. The Engineer’s Liability for Risk. The Standards of
Tort Law Protecting Engineers from Liability. Becoming a Responsible Engineer Regarding Risk.
QUIZ 1 (Units 1- 4)
Chapter 5
Textbook 1
Unit 6. The Rights and Responsibilities of Engineers. Professional Responsibilities. Professional Rights.
Case discussion: the BART case; The Collapse of the I-35W Bridge in
Minneapolis; The Hartford Civic Center Collapse
Chapter 6
Textbook 1
pp 110-120
Unit 7. Ethical Issues in Engineering Practice. Environmental Ethics. Computer
Ethics. Ethics and Research.
Case discussion Accidental Overdoses in Medical Radiation Therapy
Chapter 7
Textbook 1
Course contents:
Systems; The N-Ray Case pp 131; 138
Unit 8. MIDTERM EXAM
Unit 9. Doing the Right Thing. Trust and Reliability. Honesty. Forms of Dishonesty.
Why is Dishonesty Wrong? Dishonesty in Engineering Research and
Testing. Confidentiality. Intellectual Property. Case discussion: The Citicorp
center case (video); Case on Automotive Crash Testing. Home assignment:
Line drawing analysis of problems.
Chapter 8
Textbook 1
pp 148-153
Unit 10. Specific case example – Challenger Incident (video)
Case discussion
Unit 11. The Social and Value Dimensions of Technology, Technology and Human
Experience, Computer Technology: Ownership of Computer Software and
Public Policy. Case Discussion on Code of Ethics for Engineers.
https://prezi.com/vz3mkuf1yczh/the-social-and-value-dimensions-of-
technology/
Chapter 5
Textbook 2
Unit 12. Engineers in Organizations/Engineers as Employees. Engineers and
Managers: Morally Responsible in an Organization without Getting Hurt.
The Importance of Organizational Culture. Three Types of Organizational
Culture. Proper Engineering and Management Decisions. Functions of
Engineers and Managers. Examples Responsible Organizational
Disobedience.
Chapter 8
Textbook 2
Unit 13. Responsible conduct of research. Intellectual property and society
QUIZ 2 (Units 5-12)
Unit 14. Engineers and the Environment What Do the Codes Say about the
Environment. The Environment in Law and Court Decisions: Cleaning Up
the Environment. The Scope of Professional Engineering Obligations to the
Environment. Should Engineers Have Environmental Obligations?
Case discussion on Code of Ethics for Engineers.
Chapter 9
Textbook 2
Unit 15. International Engineering Professionalism Ethical Resources for Solving
Boundary-Crossing Problems Creative Middle Ways First Standard: The
Golden Rule Second Standard: Universal Human Rights Third Standard:
Promoting Basic Human Well-Being Fourth Standard: Codes of Engineering
Societies. Economic Underdevelopment: The Problem of Exploitation
Paying for Special Treatment: The Problem of Bribery. The Extended
Family Unit: The Problem of Nepotism Business and Friendship: The
Chapter 10
Textbook 2
Problem of Excessive Gifts. The Absence of Technical–Scientific
Sophistication: The Problem of Paternalism.
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10
Individual or Group Work 14 2 28
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Project (including preparation and
presentation) 1 12
12
Homework 2 4 8
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 120
Total Workload/30(h) 4
ECTS Credit of the Course 4
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title GERMAN 3 DEUTSCH 3
Course unit code GERM 2101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
3rd Semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
5
Name of lecturer Husejnyade Xoschgadam
Class information
Location: Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Kurze Beschreibung des Kursus
Hier muss technisches Deutsch hauptsächlich unterrichtet werden. Ziel des Unterrichts
besteht aus der Erlernung und der Entwicklung der Fremdsprachen, Festigung der Kenntnisse und aus der Durchführung der Leistungskontrolle während der Stunde
-Die Entwicklung und Automatisierung der Sprechfähigkeiten im Audieren, Sprechen und
verstehenden Lesen - die Entwicklung der mündlichen und schriftlichen Rede
Mode of delivery Borisko. Biznes- kurs nemeskoqo yazika
Zavyalova „Deutsch für Beginner“
Technische Lehrbücher für Management und Ökonomie Themen
„Aktuel“ Kursbuch$ Arbeitsbuch
Prerequisites and
co-requisites GERM 1101. GERM 1102
1. Präsens, Artikel, Wortfolge im einfachen Satz.
Imperativ Bundesrepublik Deutschland
Lektion 1.
2. Possesvpronomen
Bundesrepublik ´- Staat, Politik, Recht
Die Visitenkarte
Lektion 2
3. Lektion 3. „Ankunft in Deutschland“
Negation „nicht“ Negation
Lektion 3
4. Deklination der Substantive
Die Uhrzeit
Lektion 4
5. Demonstrativpronomen der, die, das, die
„Soziale Sicherheit“
Lektion 4
6. Passiv Infinitiv mit Modalverben
7. Zwischenprüfung
8. „Wirtschaftssystem der Bundesrepublik“ Lektion 5
Präpositionen mit Genitiv
9. Reflexive Verben
10. Negation „kein“
Präpositionen mit Dativ
Lektion 6
11. Pronomen „man“ Präfixe
12. Perfekt
Geld und Bankwesen
Lektion 7
13. Satzreihe
14. Präpositionen mit D. und Akk.
Messen und Ausstellungen in der Bundesrepublik
15. Futurum. Präteritum Österreich
Lektion 8
Recommended or
required reading
Lehrbücher, Deutsch, SchritteBorisko
Planned learning
activities and
teaching methods
Diskussio Ein Arbeitsbuch mit zahlreichen Übungen, ausführlicher Phonetikprogramm, miit CD/ Kassetten nen in der Klasse, Material aus dem Lehrbuch , Aufgaben lesen
Language of instruction German
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Homework 10 3 30
Quizzes 2 4 8
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Preparation for Final Exam 1 13 13
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE II
Course unit code COMP 2101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
3rd semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
2
Name of lecturers J. Alizadeh
Class information
Location: Room:
Time: Tuesday, Wednesday
Office hours: upon appointment.
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
This course introduces computer systems and computer programming using
the concepts of algorithms for solving problems. It covers data representation
and development, debugging, and verification of programs. We will use C++
as the programming language.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing this course student should be able to:
1. Explain the basic syntax of C++ programming language,
2. Create, compile, link, and run a program using the Microsoft Visual
Studio integrated development
3. environment,
4. Construct a program using one or more of the following structures:
sequence, selection, and repetition,
5. Demonstrate the use of functions and arrays,
6. Solve problems and create solutions using C++ language.)
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
COMP 1101
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or required
reading and software
The Textbook: Starting Out with C++: Early Objects, 9th Edition
Tony Gaddis, Judy Walters, Godfrey Muganda
©2017 Pearson
|
References:
A First Book of C++, 4th Edition
Gary J. Bronson
Published: © 2015
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, homework/assignments, projects and presentation
sessions, discussion sessions and different assessment instruments
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) NA
Course contents:
1 Introduction to Computers and Programming
▪ Why Program?
▪ Computer Systems: Hardware and Software
▪ Programs and Programming Languages
▪ What Is a Program Made of?
▪ Input, Processing, and Output
▪ The Programming Process
Chapter 1
(Textbook)
2
Introduction to C++
▪ The Parts of a C++ Program
Chapter 2
(Textbook)
▪ The “cout” Object
▪ The #include Directive
▪ Variables and the Assignment Statement
▪ Literals
▪ Identifiers
▪ Integer Data Types
▪ Floating-Point Data Types
▪ The char Data Type.
Quiz #1
3 Expressions and Interactivity
▪ The cin Object
▪ Mathematical Expressions
▪ Data Type Conversion and Type Casting
▪ Overflow and Underflow
▪ Named Constants Multiple and Combined Assignment
▪ Formatting Output
▪ Working with Characters and Strings
▪ More Mathematical Library Functions
▪ Random Numbers
Chapter 3
(Textbook)
Lab #1
4
Making Decisions
▪ Relational Operators
▪ The if Statement
▪ The if/else Statement
▪ The if/else if Statement
▪ Menu-Driven Programs
▪ Nested if Statements
▪ Logical Operators.
Chapter 4
(Textbook)
Homework/Assign
ment
5 Looping
▪ Introduction to Loops: The while Loop
▪ 5.2 Using the while loop for Input Validation
▪ 5.3 The Increment and Decrement Operators
▪ 5.4 Counters
▪ 5.5 Keeping a Running Total
Chapter 5
(Textbook)
Lab #2
▪ 5.6 Sentinels
6&7 Functions
▪ Modular Programming
▪ Defining and Calling Functions
▪ Function Prototypes
▪ Sending Data into a Function
▪ Passing Data by Value
▪ The return Statement
▪ Returning a Value from a Function
▪ Returning a Boolean Value.
Chapter 6
(Textbook)
Lab #3
8 MIDTERM EXAM
10&9 Introduction to Classes and Objects
▪ Abstract Data Types
▪ Object-Oriented Programming
▪ Introduction to Classes
▪ Creating and Using Objects
▪ Defining Member Functions
▪ Constructors
▪ Destructors
▪ Private Member Functions.
▪ Passing Objects to Functions
▪ Object Composition
▪ Separating Class Specification, Implementation, and Client
Code
▪ Structures
▪ More About Enumerated Data Types
▪ Introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis and Design
▪ Screen Control
Chapter 7
(Textbook)
Lab #4
12&11 Arrays Chapter 8
▪ Arrays Hold Multiple Values
▪ Accessing Array Elements
▪ Inputting and Displaying Array Contents
▪ Array Initialization
▪ The Range-Based for loop
▪ Processing Array Contents
▪ Using Parallel Arrays.
▪ The typedef Statement
▪ Arrays as Function Arguments
▪ Two-Dimensional Arrays
▪ Arrays with Three or More Dimensions
▪ Vectors
▪ Arrays of Objects.
(Textbook)
Quiz #2: TBA
13 Searching, Sorting, and Algorithm
▪ Introduction to Search Algorithms
▪ Searching an Array of Objects
▪ Introduction to Sorting Algorithms
▪ Sorting an Array of Objects
▪ Sorting and Searching Vectors
▪ Introduction to Analysis of Algorithms
Chapter 9
(Textbook)
Lab #5
14 Pointers
▪ Pointers and the Address Operator
▪ Pointer Variables
▪ The Relationship Between Arrays and Pointers
▪ Pointer Arithmetic
▪ Initializing Pointers
▪ Comparing Pointers
▪ Pointers as Function Parameters
Chapter 10
(Textbook)
Quiz #3: TBA
15 More about Classes and Object-Oriented Programming
▪ The “this” Pointer and Constant Member Functions
▪ Static Members
▪ Friends of Classes
▪ Member wise Assignment
Chapter 11&12
(Textbook)
Lab #6
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5
Individual or Group Work 4 2 8
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation)
Homework
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 5 5
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 65
Total Workload/30(h) 2.1
ECTS Credit of the Course 2
▪ Copy Constructors
▪ Operator Overloading
▪ Rvalue References and Move Operations
▪ Function Objects and Lambda Expressions
FINAL EXAM
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ENGINEERING MECHANICS B: ELASTOSTATICS
Course unit code TECH 2102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle bachelor
Year of study 2nd
year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
3rd
semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
5
Name of lecturer Valeh I. Bakhshaliev
Class information Location: Room: 4
Time: Wednesday, Thursday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of
the course unit
Course description:
This course deals with fundamental knowledge of concepts, and the basic
methods of calculation of the Elastostatics.
The trained will receive basic knowledge of Elastostatics, and also
requirements and calculation of elastic rods. It deals with deformation in
tension and compression, shearing, torsion and bending. It is studied the
conditions of durability and stiffness account of the construction elements. It is
considered methods of the decision of static indefinite problems
Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to :
• Explain the importance of Technical Mechanicsand describe their role in
practice.
• Explain the concepts of Elastostatics used in practical problems.
• Explain the durability, stiffness and stability of construction elements.
• Define the internal forces and stresses in machine parts and elements.
• Solution and account of machine elements to durability and stiffness.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
TECH 1101
Recommended
optional programme
components
Microsoft Excel
Recommended or
required readings
Recommended Sources
Core Textbook:
2. Dietmar Gross etc. Engineering Mechanics 1. Elastostatics, Springer
Textbook, 2013
2. H.W. Morrow, Robert P. Kokernak. Statics and strength of materials, Fifth
edition, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education International, 2004, New Jersey
3. F.P. Beer, E.R. Johnston. Mechanics of Materials. 1. Strength of Materials.
SI Metric Editions, McGraw-Hill Ryerson Limited, Toronto, 1987 4. Fritzen C.-P., Technische Mechanik II, Vorlesungsskript 2004
5. Bernard J.Hamrock, Bo O. Jacobson, Steven R. Schmid. Fundamentals of
Machine Elements. WCB/McGraw-Hill, International Editions 1999
6. E.Peste, J.Wittenburg. Technische Mechanik, Band 2: Festigkeitslehre,
Wissenschaftsverlag,1992
7. Kinasoshvili R. Strengthof Materials. Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1972
SupplementaryTextbook:
8.Wolfgang H.Muller,FerdinandFerber.Technische Mechanik fur Ingenieure,
Carl Hanser Verlag, Munchen, 2008
9. Assmann B. Technische Mechanik, Band II, R. Oldenburg Verlag,
Munchen,Wien, 1993
10. Levinson L. Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics. Moscow, 1970
11. Bakhshaliev V.I. Engineering Mechanics with solution of problems,
(textbook), Baku, “Elm”, 2012
Planned learning
activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams
Language of instruction English
Course contents
1 Introduction to Elastostatics:
• Basic principles of Elastostatics,
• External and internal forces. Method of sections.
[1], Ch. 1
2 Stresses:
• Stress and strain in a body under the action of external forces,
• Basic types of strain.
✓ LAB: Explain the stresses in across sections of a bar.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine.
[1], Ch. 2
3 Tension and compression:
• Absolute and unit elongation,
• Normal force diagram (epure).
✓ LAB: Defining the normal stresses in tension and compression.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for tension and compression.
[1], Ch. 3
4 Relationship between stress and unit elongation:
• Hooks Law for tension and compression, [1], Ch.3
• Modulus of elasticity,
• Tensile stress diagram,
• Durability account. Acceptable stresses.
✓ LAB: Explain the tensile stress diagram intesting machine.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for tension and compression.
5 Mechanical systems:
• Static definite and indefinite systems.
✓ Solution of the exercises.
[1], Ch. 3,
p.42
6 Quiz.
7 Shear strain of bars:
• Measuring shear strain. The shear modulus of elasticity,
• Durability account in sher strain,
• Geometrical characteristics of plane bodies. Static and inertial moments of
plane bodies.
✓ LAB: Explain the shearing strain.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for tension and compression.
[1], Ch.3,
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Torsion strain:
• Distribution of torsion stresses in across section.
• Fundamental equation for torque.
✓ LAB: Explain the torsion strain.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for torsion strain.
10 Torsion strain:
• Torque moments diagram (epure).
• Computing the dimensions of shafts for a given torsion.
✓ LAB: Testing the steel bar in torsion strain.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for tension and compression.
[1], Ch.4
11 Torsion strain:
• Durability account and stiffness account for torsion.
[1], Ch.4
12 Bending strain of beam:
• Deformation in bending,
• Distribution of normal stress in bending. The neutral plane.
✓ LAB: Explain the bending strain.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for bending strain.
[1], Ch.5
13 Bending deformation of straight axis of beam:
• Fundamental equation for bending moments and shear forces.
• Shear bending. Main stresses in shear bending.
• Durability accountof beam in bending.
✓ LAB: Testing the steel bar in bending strain.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for bending strain.
[1], Ch.5,
14 Longitudinal bending:
• Stable and unstable equilibrium.
• Stability account of beam. Longitudinal-horizontal bending.
✓ LAB: Explain the stability of abeam.
EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine.
[1], Ch.6
15 PRESENTATIONS
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 14 14
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 13
13
Homework 2 3 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 14 14
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload
150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial
Engineering
Course unit title MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY II
Course unit code TECH 2102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
3rd Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturers Telman Askeraliyev
Class information
Location: Room: 1,4
Time: Monday, Thursday
Office hours: upon appointment
Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
The educational purpose of the Materials Technology ll program is to provide students with deeper knowledge about materials and their different types. New types of materials will be introduced in the framework of the course and well-established physical methods of material treatment are to be discussed.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able to:
• To distinguish between different types of materials;
• To understand various types of techniques for producing and
treating materials;
• To provide useful information on mechanical properties of
materials;
• To participate in designing and selection of materials for
producing new products;
• To design and conduct various material testing activities for
providing better quality to the users.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
TECH 1102
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or required
reading
Textbook:
1.Fundamentals of Material Science and Engineering, William D.
Callister, Jr., 2001, J.Willey and Sons , Inc.;
Optional:
2.Essentials of Supply Chain Management, Third Edition, 2011,
by Michael H. Hugos
3. The Principles of Engineering Materials, Craig R.
Barrett (Author), Alan S. Tetelman (Author), William D.
Nix (Author)
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Lectures, class projects, reading materials from textbook, quizzes,
discussions, exams.
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s)
Course contents:
1 Material selection and design – 1
Classification of materials, definition of strength, yield stress, stress-strain curve,
yield point
Lab 1: – Constructing stress-strain diagram using Microsoft Excel.
Discussions - material selection methods and materials classification
Team work - Discussing the review of companies in order to select one project for
further development
Ch. 9,
[1],
2
Material selection and design – 2
Tensile stress-strain diagram, stiffness, Young’s Modulus, material families,
polymer families, ceramics families, composites
Team work - developing the project plan
Ch.9,
[1]
3 Corrosion Management – 1
Definition of corrosion, extractive metallurgy, corrosion engineering, types of corrosion
Lab 2: –Solving exercises using Microsoft Excel. Analysis of strain formula represented in Excel spreadsheet;
Team work - developing the review part of the project
Ch.17, [1]
4
Corrosion Management – 2
Electrochemical considerations, anode, cathode
Team work – presenting the project plan to the class
Ch.17, [1]
5
Fabrication of materials – 1
Manufacturing technologies, casting, refractory, advantages of casting, pouring
Ch.8, [1]
and filling moulds
6 Fabrication of materials – 2
Flow velocity, flow rate, metal forming, stresses in metal forming, strain rate, machining
Team work - developing the review part of the project
Ch.8, [1]
7 Iron-based materials – 1
Ferrous metals, steel, raw iron, effects of additives in steels
Lab 3 – Calculating the Young’s Modulus of the material using Microsoft Excel. Analysis of Young’s Modulus represented in Excel spreadsheet;
Ch.11, [1]
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Iron-based materials-2
Residual elements in steels, solving exercises (integrated approach to lecturing)
Team work - developing the project – final project
Ch.11, [1]
10 Aluminium-based materials – 1
physical and optical properties, electrical properties, magnetic properties;
Lab 4: Analysis of stress-strain curve using Microsoft Excel - 1;
(reference - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZG-3THmF3Q)
Ch.18, [1]
http://www.en
gineeringtoolbox.com
11
Aluminium materials – 2
nuclear properties, thermal properties, fabrication properties
Labs: Analysis of stress-strain curve using Microsoft Excel - 2;
Creating realistic representation of stress-strain interrelationship for steel in Excel
spreadsheet;
(reference - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZG-3THmF3Q)
Ch.7, [1]
http://www.physics247.com/
physics-
tutorial/hookes-law.shtml
12 Polymer materials – 1
Classification of composite materials, particle reinforced, fiber reinforced ,
structural composite
Team work - developing the project – final project – discussions related to the
material selection and creating a technology for developing a product
Ch.15, [1]
13 Polymer materials – 2
composite material manufacturing processes, sintering, curing, open mold processes
Ch.15, [1]
Lab 4 –Analysis of Hooke’s Law represented in Excel spreadsheet;
14 Composite materials – 1
Material selection, Product analysis, Case study, System analysis, data sources, material selection chart
Ch.20, [1]
15 Composite materials – 2
classification of materials, main factors to consider when designing, fatigue,
corrosion
Team work - final part – discussing of the results obtained during the work under project, presentations if available
Discussions – review of the subject, goals obtained and conclusion
Ch.20, [1]
FINAL EXAM
Materials Technology II
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload(hour)
Course duration in class (including Exam weeks) 14 3 42
Assignment 2 3 6
Project/Presentation/Report 1 7 7
Preparation for Final exam 1 15 15
Preparation for Midterm 1 10 10
Midterm Examination 1 2 2
Final Examination 1 3 3
Self Study 10 1 10
Total Workload 95
Total Workload/30(h) 3.1
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title MACHINE ELEMENTS I
Course unit code TECH 2103
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
3rd Semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
3
Name of lecturers Rauf Malikov
Class information Location: Room 1513
Time: Friday 14.05-15.40
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
[email protected] Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description: Mechanical engineers are associated with the
production and processing of energy and with providing the means of
production, the tools of transportation, and the techniques of automation.
This course aims to equip the mechanical engineering students with the
fundamentals of these design activities and give them necessary skills to
prepare complete, concise, and accurate calculation steps for machine
elements. While the first part of the machine elements covering general stress
analysis, failure conditions, shaft, spring, permanent and nonpermanent joints
design, second part covers rolling contact and journa
Course Objective: The aim of this course is to introduce students the
concepts and the use of machine elements in the design and manufacturing
field. The students acquaint with the knowledge and skills in understanding
failure modes, better design criterion for machine elements and the capability
to design elements like screws, rivets, welded joints, shafts, springs. The
students can also develop an understanding of analysis tools of these parts.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
corequisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or required
reading
1. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”,Second Edition,
Tata McGrawHill Book Co, 2007.
2. Shigley J.E and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”, Sixth
Ed ition, Tata McGraw-Hill , 2003. Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and
presentation sessions, discussion sessions
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
Week 1 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Design. Basic requirements
presented to machines and their elements.
Chapter 1
(Textbook)
Week 2
Basic materials and their characteristics. Material Strength and Stiffness, Materials
Selection
Chapter 2
Week 3 Standardization of machine elements. Chapter 3
Week 4 Production soundness of machine elements. Chapter 3
Week 5
Economic fundamentals of designing machine elements. Chapter 3
Week 6 Basic criteria of operating capacity and calculation of machine elements.
Strength.
Chapter 4
Week 7 Volume strength. Strength at Static Stresses. Strength at Alternating
Stresses.
Chapter 4
Week 8 MIDTERM EXAM
Week 9 Joints of machine elements. Types of joints and their principal features.
Strength of the Joints elements.
Chapter 7
(Textbook)
Week 10 Threaded joints. Thread Standards and Definitions . Designs of parts and joints.
Threaded Fasteners.
Chapter 7
(Textbook)
Week 11 Lab.work "ɋalculation of threaded joints". Chapter 7
Week 12 Welded joints. Classification of welded joints. Types of welded joints. Design
of welded Joints.
Chapter 8
Week 13 Lab.work "Calculation of welded joints". Chapter 8
Week 14 Riveted joints. Classification of riveted joints. Types of rivets. Design of
Joints. Lab.work"Calculation of riveted joints".
Chapter 9
(Textbook)
Week 15 Springs. Construction and materials. Stresses and Deflection in Helical
Springs, Compression Springs Calculation of springs
Chapter 10
(Textbook)
FINAL EXAM
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 2 28
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10
Individual or Group Work 10 2 20
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 7
7
Homework 3 2 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 91
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN
Course unit code TECH 2103/CAD
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
3rd Semester
No of ECTS credits
allocated
1
Name of lecturer Rauf Malikov
Class information Location: Room 1513
Time: Friday 14.05-15.40
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes Course Description:
The aim of this course is to introduce students the basic concepts and the use
of engineering drawing in the design and manufacturing field. The students acquaint with the basic knowledge and skills in engineering drawings and
the capability to read and interpret blue prints for manufacturing. The
students can also develop an understanding of 2D and 3D computer aided
drafting with the requirements of good engineering drawings and be able to apply them to their work.
Using computers at the beginning of the engineering education will help
the students visualize engineering components. Appropriate sketching
exercises will be done during practice hours by using a package program namely AutoCAD. The CAD software should be perceived by the student
as a tool for producing engineering drawings.
Learning outcomes:
After a successfully completed course the student should be able to: • read and interpret drawings according to standard,
• create complete detail- and assembly drawings according to standard,
• plan dimensioning for function requirements and
manufacturing requirements of a product,
• set tolerances on drawings according to standard, • use a methodology that results in stable and easy-to-edit
models to create 3D-solids and assemblies, • create assemblies with moving parts,
• combine knowledge in drafting and CAD to create a complete basis for manufacturing of a simple product, containing parts, assemblies and detail- and assembly drawings.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites None
Required reading • Scott Onstott. AutoCAD 2015 and AutoCAD LT 2015
ISBN: 1118871243 / 9781118871249
• “Engineering Drawing and Design” by Jensen/ Helsel/ Short, 7th Edition, 2008, Mc Graw- Hill.
• “Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD 2014”, by Bethune, J.,
2014, PEARSON
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) --
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, solving tasks, quizzes and exams
Course contents:
Week 1,2 Introduction to Computer Aided Sketching. Role of CAD in mechanical
design
Chapter 1
Week 3,4 Computer screen, layout of the software, standard tool bar/menus and
description of most commonly used tool bars.
Chapter 1
Week 5,6 Coordinate system and reference planes.
Creation of 2D environment. Selection of drawing size and scale.
Chapter 1
Week 7,8 Commands and creation of lines, polylines, rectangle, polygons, splines,
circles, ellipse, text.
Lab.work. "Application of commands lines, polylines, rectangle,
Chapter 2
polygons, splines and oiher for the design of details"
Week 9
MIDTERM EXAM
Week 10,11 Commands of modify bar: move, copy, offset, mirror, rotate, trim,
extend, break, chamfer, fillet, curves.
Chapter 2
Week 12,13 Dimensioning, line convention, material conventions and lettering.
Lab.work. "Designing details in the 3D system "
Chapter 2
Week 14,15 Creation of 3D environment. Modelling, Solid editing.
Lab.work " Designing details in the 3D system"
Chapter 4
FINAL EXAM
Computer Aided Design
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class including labs and tutorials 14 1 14
Assignment 5 2 10
Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes 1 2 2
Midterm Examination 1 2 2
Final Examination 1 3 3
Total Workload 31
Total Workload/30(h) 1
ECTS Credit of the Course
1
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title COST ACCOUNTING
Course unit code ACCT 2101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd
year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
3 rd
semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated
6
Name of lecturer Nigar Kerimli
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Course Description:
The aim of the course is to provide students with basic understanding of costs and
make them familiar with cost’s different classifications. The course also aims on
providing students with an opportunity to learn the methods and techniques used to calculate cost of products produced within the production environment.
Furthermore, the course tries to make students understand how to use an accounting
information for managerial decisions.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, students will have developed skills in:
Understanding the elements of costs within the production environment.
Measuring and reporting financial and non-financial information relating to the cost of acquiring or utilizing resources in an organization.
Classifying different costs to: variable or fixed costs; product or period costs;
direct or indirect costs; direct material, direct labor or factory overhead costs.
Using such costing systems as job costing system, process costing system and
activity-based costing system to measure unit cost of different products produced.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
ACCT 1101
Recommended
optional programme
components
–
Course contents
Unit
Topic
Content
Textbook(s)
and
chapter(s)
1
Introduction
a) The Users of Accounting Information. b) Managerial Accounting: Decision Making and Control. c) Management Accountant’s Role in the Organization.
1, Ch. 1 2, Ch. 1
2
Foreword for Cost Accounting:
Accounting
Foundations
a) Principles of Accounting.
b) Financial Statements.
Reviewing Spreadsheet Models on:
A. Balance Sheet, Income and Cash Flow Statements;
B. T-Accounts and Trial Balance.
3, Ch. 3
3
The Nature of Cost
a) Cost Objects.
b) Direct and Indirect Costs, Overheads, Opportunity Costs.
c) Cost Behavior Patterns.
d) Sunk Cost.
1, Ch. 2 2, Ch. 2
4
The Nature of Cost II
Distribution of
Assignment 1
(to be finished
in 1.5 weeks)
a) Fixed, Marginal and Average Costs.
b) Product / Period, Relevant / Irrelevant, Avoidable / Unavoidable Costs.
c) Linear Approximation. d) Break-Even Points.
e) Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis (CVP)
Analyze Spreadsheet Models on:
A) Assessing Fixed, Variable, Marginal, Average Costs (P 2-
21, pg. 71 [1]);
B) Deriving a Link between Volume and Cost by
Applying Various Regression Models (P 2-17, pg. 68 [1]);
C) Deriving Break-Even Charts (P 2-5, 2-6 pg. 63 [1]).
1, Ch. 2 2, Ch. 8
5
cont’d
The Nature of Cost II
Quiz 1 (Units:
1,2,3,4,5)
a) Applying CVP Analysis for a Single Product.
b) Applying CVP Analysis for a Multi-Product Setting.
c) Understanding Operating Leverage.
Spreadsheet Models on:
A) Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis (P 2-11, pg. 65 [1]);
B) Valuing Fixed and Full Costs and Deriving Operating
Leverage (T 2-3, 2-4, pg. 46 [1]).
1, Ch. 2 2, Ch. 8
6
Cost Ratios
Analysis
a) Various Cost Ratios.
b) Introduction to Cost Ratios Analysis.
Spreadsheet Models on:
A) Deriving Various Cost Ratios;
B) Making a Brief Cost Ratios Analysis.
2, Part 4
7
cont’d
Cost Ratios
Analysis
a) Tying the Cost Ratios Together.
b) Cost Ratios and Trends Analysis.
c) Comparing Cost Ratios.
Developing Spreadsheet Models on:
A) Complex Cost Ratios Analysis.
B) Cost Ratios and Analysis on Trends.
C) Deriving the Final Results on Cost Ratios Analysis.
2, Part 4
8
Cost Allocation Quiz 2 (Units:
6,7,8)
a. Reasons to Allocate Costs. b. The Two-Stage Cost Allocation Process.
c. Death Spiral.
1, Chapters
7,8
9 Midterm examination
10
cont’d
Cost Allocation
a) Direct Allocation Method.
b) Step-Down Allocation Method.
c) Reciprocal Allocation Method.
Spreadsheet Models on:
1) Direct, Step-Down, and Reciprocal Cost Allocation
Methods (pgs. 397-400 [1]);
2) Problems: 8-14, “Bank Service Centers”, pg. 412 [1]; 8-7,
“Fidelity Bank”, pg. 407 [1].
1, Chapters
7,8
11
Absorption Cost Systems
Distribution of
Assignment 2
(to be finished
in 2 weeks)
a. Job Order Costing and Overhead Rates. b. Plant-Wide and Departmental Overhead Rates. c. Flexible Budgets to Estimate Overhead.
Analyzing Spreadsheet Models on:
A) Job Order Costing (P 9-5, “Rosen Company, pg. 461
[1]”);
B) Valuing Overheads (P 9-12, “Media Design”, pg. 466 [1]);
B) Allocating Overheads to Jobs.
1, Chapter 9
2, Ch. 3,4
12
cont’d
Absorption Cost
Systems
Quiz 3 (Units:
9,10,11)
a) Incentive to Overproduce.
b) Variable (Direct) Costing.
c) Basics of Activity-Based Costing (ABC) (1, Ch. 11).
Spreadsheet Models on:
1) The Problem of Overproduction (T 10-1,2,3, pgs. 495- 497
[1]);
2) The Problem of Determining Variable Cost (P 10-1,
“Federal Mixing”, pg. 508 [1]).
1, Chapters
10,11
2, Ch. 11
13
Activity-Based
Costing Applications
a) Volume-Based and Non-Volume Based Cost Drivers.
b) Designing ABC Systems.
c) Activity-Based Cost Management Applications.
Analyzing Spreadsheet Models on:
A) Valuing Cost Drivers (P 11-5, “Milan Pasta”, pg. 550
[1]);
B) ABC Applications (P 11-8, “True Cost Manufacturing,
Inc.”, pg. 552 [1]).
1, Ch. 11
2, Ch. 11
14
Overhead and Marketing
Variances
a. Budgeted / Standard / Actual Volumes. b. Cost / Overhead Variances. c. Price/Quantity, Mix/Sales Variances.
Reviewing Spreadsheet Models on:
1) Valuing Overhead Variances (P 13-2, “Milling
Department”, pg. 626 [1] | P 13-3, “Derf Company”, pg.
1, Ch. 13
2, Chapters
17,18
626 [1]);
2) Valuing Marketing Variances (P 13-12, “Commando
Force”, pg. 633 [1]).
15
Management Accounting in a
Changing
Environment
Quiz 4 (Units:
12,13,14,15)
a) Business Strategy.
b) Productivity.
c) Total Quality Management (TQM).
d) Just-in-Time Production (JIT).
1, Ch. 14
2, Chapters
21,22
Final examination
Recommended or required readings
Required readings:
1. Jerold L. Zimmerman: “Accounting for Decision Making and Control”,
McGraw-Hill Education, 8th
Edition, 2013, ISBN-10: 0078025745, ISBN- 13: 978-0078025747.
2. Colin Drury: “Management & Cost Accounting”, 8th
Edition, Cengage
India pub., ISBN-10: 8131525473, ISBN-13: 978-8131525470, 2014.
Optional readings:
3. Thomas A., Ward A.: “Introduction to Financial Accounting”, 8th
edition,
McGraw Hill, London pub., 2015. 4. Wood F., Sangster A.: “Business Accounting”, 12
th edition, Pearson pub.,
2012.
5. Connolly C.: “International Financial Accounting and Reporting”, 5th
Edition, 2015.
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3
42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 18 18
Individual or Group Work 15 4.5 67.50
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 15
15
Homework 3 3.5 10.5
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 178
Total Workload/30(h) 5.93
ECTS Credit of the Course 6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Course unit code BCOM 2101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd
year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered 4
th semester
No of ECTS credits
allocated 6
Name of lecturer Aliyeva Gulshan
Class information Location: Room 238-3
Office hours: upon appointment.
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
The aim of this course is to develop students’ basic communication skills in the
context that they will most need those skills: graduate school. Within the context of
going abroad to present a paper on their graduate research, students will learn skills
needed for traveling (e.g. asking for/giving directions, making reservations),
negotiations, survey taking, and problem solving, as well as be introduced to skills
involved in making a presentation at a conference.
Additionally, students will learn to start and continue a conversation naturally, using
a number of communication strategies such as asking follow-up questions and giving
extended answers. They will also learn about turn taking and how to control the flow
of a conversation by adding information. Finally, writing skills will be practiced with
a short essay using the Online Homework Submission and Evaluation System.
Learning outcomes:
• To gain confidence in public speaking.
• To further develop thinking skills in logically presenting, developing , and
evaluating ideas and opinions
• To improve listening skills to effectively use and evaluate elements of
various kinds of communication.
• To appreciate the role communication plays in one’s personal, social,
and professional life.
• Attendance: Attendance is at the discretion of the student. However,
students who attend regularly and participate in class generally do better
in the course.
• introduce themselves and talk about familiar, everyday conversation
topics
• ask for opinions and either agree or disagree politely
• discuss various personal and ethical problems and solutions
• write an essay and submit it
• conduct one cycle of academic research
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites None
Recommended optional
programme components NA
Required reading Students must have the following textbook:
1. Human Communication: Motivation, Knowledge, & Skills by
Sherwyn P.Morreale, Brian H.Spitzberg, J.Kevin Barge, 3rd
edition
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Teaching will be based on active class participation. Students are expected to read
the assigned cases and the material covered in the previous lecture before coming to class. The lecturer will summarize and explain the main concepts and techniques
used for problem solving. Previously assigned cases will be presented and discussed
by the students in class.
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) NA
Course contents:
1 Introducing Communication. A model of communication model
• What is Communication?
• A Model of Communication Competence
• Basic Components of the Communication Competence Model
Ch. 1,2 (Textbook)
2 Perception
• What is Perception?
• Developing self-concept
• Expressing the Self to Others
Ch. 3 (Textbook)
3 Language Ch. 4 (Textbook)
• Why is language important?
• Functions of Languages
• Presentations
4 Nonverbal Communication
• Functions of Nonverbal Communications
• Types of Nonverbal Communication
• Challenges of Nonverbal Communication
• Presentations
Ch. 5 (Textbook)
5 Listening
• Why is Listening Important?
• Types of Listening
• Challenges to Listening
• Presentations
Ch. 6 (Textbook)
6 Mediated Communication Competence
• What is Mediated Communication Competence
• The Importance of Computer-Mediated Communication
• Challenges to Mediated Communication
• Presentations
Ch. 7 (Textbook)
7 Introducing Interpersonal Communication
• A Modal of Interpersonal Communication
• Motivation and Interpersonal Communication
• Presentations
Ch. 8 (Textbook)
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Building Knowledge. Developing Skills
• Content Knowledge
• Procedural Knowledge
Ch. 9 , 10 (Textbook)
• The Nature of Communication Skills
• The Types of Interpersonal Skills
• Presentations
10 Small group communication
• What is the Small group?
• Getting Motivating
• Presentations
Ch. 11 (Textbook)
11 Understanding Decision making
• Knowing How to Make Group Decisions
• Defining the Problem
• Analysing the Problem
• Presentations
Ch. 12 (Textbook)
12 Managing relationships in Groups : Leadership
• Leadership
• Knowing How to Lead Group
• Presentations
Ch. 13 (Textbook)
13 Introducing public speaking
• A Model of Public Speaking Competence
• What is Public Speaking?
• Presentations
Ch. 14 (Textbook)
14 Understanding Speech Preparation.
• A Competence Model for Preparing of Speech
• Gathering Support Materials
• Using Visual Aids
• Presentations
Ch. 15 (Textbook)
15 Presenting your speech Ch. 16 (Textbook)
• Presenting with Competence
• The Eloquence of Words
• The Value of Correctness
• Presentations
FINAL EXAM
Communication Skills
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Individual or group work 14 8 112
Quizzes 3 2 6
Project/Presentation/Report 2 2 4
E-learning activities
Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 6 6
Midterm exam 1 2 2
Preparation for the Final Examination 1 6 6
Final exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 181
Total Workload/30(h) 6,03
ECTS Credit of the Course
6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ENGINEERING MECHANICS C: DYNAMICS
Course unit code TECH 2104
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle bachelor
Year of study 2nd
year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
4th
semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
5
Name of lecturer Prof. Valeh I. Bakhshaliev
Class information Location: Room: 4
Time: Monday, Thursday
Contact: [email protected]
Office Hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Course description:
Mechanics is the oldest and the most highly developed branch
of technical sciences. As important foundation of engineering, its
relevance
continues to increase as its range of application grows.
Technical Mechanics divided into Statics, Elastostatics and Dynamics.
Dynamics is the study of mechanical motion of rigid body under acting
the forces. To investigate Dynamics problems, it is necessary to be
familiar with some basic terms, formulas, and work principles.
This course deals with fundamental knowledge of concepts, and the basic
methods of calculation of the Dynamics.
The trained will receive the basic knowledge of Kinematics and Kinetics
of the rigid bodies, and also the description of oscillation of mechanical
systems.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able to:
• Explain the importance of Technical Mechanics and describe their
role in practice.
• Explain the concepts of Dynamics used in practical problems.
• Explain the conditions of mechanical motions of the rigid bodies.
• Define the dynamic properties of mechanical systems..
• Solution and dynamic account of machines and mechanisms.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
TECH 1101 TECH 2101
Recommended
optional programme
components
Recommended or
required readings
Required readings:
• 1. Ferdinand P.Beer , E.Russel Johnston, Jr. Vector Mechanics for Engineers:
Statics and Dynamics, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 6th ed., New York,
2007, 1047 p.
• 2. Dietmar Gross etc. Engineering Mechanics 3. Dynamics, Springer Textbook,
2013
• 3.Joseph F. Shelley. Engineering Mechanics. Dynamics. McGraw-Hill Book
Company, 2006, 920p.
• 4. Targ S. Theoretical mechanics, Moscow, 2005, 525 p. (in English)
• 5. Irving H. Shames. Engineering Mechanics. Dynamics. IV edition, – Pearson
Education Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2003, 405 p.
• 6. Wolfgang H. Muller, Ferdinand Ferber. Technische Mechanik fur
Ingenieure, Fachbuchverlag Leipzig im Carl Hanser Verlag, 2008, 524 p. (in
German)
• 7. Hauger,W., Schnell,W.,Gross,D. Technische Mechanik III, Springer-
Verlag,1999
Supplementary Textbook:
• 8. Bakhshaliev V.I. Engineering Mechanics with solution of problems,
(textbook), Baku, “Elm”, 2012, 352 pp.
• 9. Jens Wittenburg. Dynamics of Multibody Systems. 2d edition, Springer-
Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2008, 223p.
10. Bakhshaliev V.I. Explanatory Dictionary of Mechanics: Main concepts,
theorems, laws in Azerbaijani, Russian, English and German. Baku: Science
Development Foundation of Azerbaijan, 2012, 192 pp.
Planned learning
activities and teaching
methods
Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Course contents
1 Introduction to Dynamics:
• Kinematics of a particle and rigid body.
• Method of describing motion of a particle.
[2], Ch. 1,
p.7
2 Velocity and acceleration:
• Velocity and acceleration vector of a particle.
• Determination of the velocity and acceleration of a particle when its
motion is described by the coordinate and the natural methods.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch. 1,
p.7,16
3 Mechanical motion of a rigid body:
• Translational motion.
• Rotational motion of a rigid body. Angular velocity and angular
acceleration.
• Uniform and uniform variable rotations of a rigid body.
• Velocities and accelerations of the points of a rotating body.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch. 2, p.30
4 Plane motion of a rigid body:
• Determination of the velocity of a point of plane body. Instantaneous
centre of zero velocity.
• Acceleration of the points of plane body.
• Solution of the exercises.
• Quiz.
[2], Ch.3
5 Introduction to Kinetics:
• Basic concepts and definitions.
• Laws of Dynamics.
• (Quiz I, chapters 1, 2)
[2], Ch. 3,
p.42
6 Coplanar force system:
• Resultant force, resolution of forces,
• Equilibrium conditions.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch. 3,
p.60
7 Mechanical system of material particles:
• Kinetics of a material particle.
• system of material particles and a rigid body.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch.3,
p.71
• (Quiz II, chapters 3)
8 Midterm examination
9 Dynamics of the material particles:
• Differential equations of motion for a particle.
• General theorems of a particle dynamics.
• Theorem of change in the momentum of a particle.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch.7,
p.175
10 General theorems of a particle dynamics:
• Theorem of change in the angular momentum of a particle.
• Dalamberts principle for a particle.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch.6,
p.153
11 General theorems of a particle dynamics:
• Work done by a force. Power.
• Theorem of change in the kinetic energy of a particle.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch.9,
p.261
12 Dynamics of a mechanical system:
• General theorems of a System Dynamics.
• Solution of the exercises.
• (Quiz III, chapters 6, 7)
[2], Ch.4,
p.91
13 Oscillation of mechanical system:
• Oscillation of mechanical system with one degree of freedom.
• Free vibration of system.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch.5,
p.119
14 Oscillation of mechanical system:
• Forced and damped vibrations of mechanical systems.
• Solution of the exercises.
[2], Ch.8,
p.223
15 Presentations
Final exam
Dynamics
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 14 14
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 12
12
Homework 2 3 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ELECTRONICS: INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING Course unit code TECH 2105
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd
year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
4th
Semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated
5
Name of lecturers Rauf A.Mayilov
Class information Location: Room: 1628
Time: Tuesday, Wednesday
Office hours: upon appointment Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
It is intended through this course unit as an introduction to the field of of Electrical Engineering systems The purposes of this l course are to learn the
basics of tlectrical systems resistors, capacitors, inductors, sources, Ohm's
and Kirchhoff's circuit laws, series and parallel connections, superposition
principle, Thevenin and Norton equivalent circuits, power and energy, first- and second-order circuits. .
Learning Outcomes of the Course::
Students should be able to :
- Determine the circuit parameters of power transformers, calculate their
efficiency and voltage drop under various loads
- Calculate real, reactive and apparent power, and power factor of given electrical loads, and determine appropriate capacitor size for desired
power factor correction,
- Analyze three-phase circuits, and derive balancing and compensator
elements for unbalanced loads.
- Determine the circuit parameters of transmission lines, and means of controlling real and reactive power flow as well as line compensation and limitations. .
- Recognize constituent parts in dc and ac electrical circuits and electrical machines.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Microsoft Excel
Recommended or required
reading
The Textbook: 1. Introductory Circuit Analysis. Robert L.
BoylestadHardcover: 1178 pages. Publisher: Pearson; Eleventh edition
2007,
2. Introductory Electrical Engineering Laboratory - Robert C. Maher and Duane T. Hickenbottom.
Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters.
Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in
printed forms. Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and laboratory practices, discussion sessions, Software commands for Excel
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 INTRODUCTION. VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
Introduction to metrology laboratory. A basic understanding of the fundamental
concepts of current and voltage.
[1] Ch.2 p.33- 59
2 BASIC LAB EQUIPMENT AND MEASUREMENTS
Basic measurement instruments include multimeters, AC signal generators, and
DC power supplies.
[2] Lab #1
p. 1-1
3 OHM’S LAW, POWER, AND ENERGY
Ohm’s law and how to apply it to a variety of situations. Differences between power and energy levels.
[1] Ch.4
p. 101- 120
4 SIMPLE CIRCUIT MEASUREMENTS AND OHM’S LAW
Simple electrical circuits, resistors and voltage sources. Basic relationships of
electrical engineering, V=IR (Ohm's Law). Measurements of voltage, current and
resistance. Standard methods for presenting experimental measurements in both
tabular and graphical form.
[2] Lab #2
p. 2-1
5
SERIES- PARALLEL CIRCUITS
Unique characteristics of series-parallel configurations and how to solve for the
voltage, current, or power to any individual element or combination of elements.
[1] Ch. 7
p. 243- 273
6 RESISTORS: SIMPLIFICATION OF SERIES AND PARALLEL
NETWORKS
Useful methods for simplifying electrical circuits and networks. Investigations of
series and parallel combinations of resistors are used to show voltage and current
relationships. The concept of an equivalent circuit.
[2] Lab #5
p. 5-1
7 MAGNETIC CIRCUITS
Similarities between the analysis of magnetic circuits and electric circuits.
Develop a clear understanding of the important parameters of a magnetic circuit
and how to find each quantity for a variety of magnetic circuit configurations.
[1] Ch. 12 p.513- 531
8 MIDTERM
9 OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
The use of operational amplifiers as circuit building blocks. Basic properties of op
amps are observed using simple resistive networks. A few of the practical
limitations of op amp integrated circuits.
[2] Lab #8 p. 8-1
10 NETWORK THEOREMS
Theorem and its unique ability to separate the impact of each source on the quantity
of interest. Thévenin’s theorem to reduce any two-terminal, series- parallel network
with any number of sources to a single voltage source and series resistor.Norton’s theorem and how it can be used to reduce any two-terminal, seriesparallel network
with any number of sources to a single current source and a parallel resistor.
[1] Ch. 9
p. 345- 382
11
THEVENIN AND NORTON EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS
Simplify the analysis of a complicated circuit with an equivalent Norton or Thevenin
circuit. This approach also is used to divide a circuit into linear and nonlinear parts.
The linear part can be simplified to a single voltage/current source and an equivalent resistance.
[2] Lab #10
p. 10-2
12 POWER
Differences between average, apparent, and reactive power and calculation each for
any combination of resistive and reactive elements. Energy dissipated by a load is
the area under the power curve for the period of time of interest.
[1] Ch. 19
p. 835- 861
13 POWER RELATIONSHIPS IN SIMPLE CIRCUITS
Relationships between the power supplied by sources in a circuit and the power
delivered to other circuit elements. Concept of maximum power transfer and other power calculations in simple resistive circuits.
[2] Lab #12
p. 12-1
14 INDUCTORS
Basic construction of an inductor, the factors that affect the strength of the
magnetic field established by the element, and how to read the nameplate data.
Impact of combining inductors in series or parallel.
[1] Ch. 11
p. 461- 499
15 RL AND RC CIRCUITS
Basic RL and RC circuits. The output of any R, L, and C circuit can be
analyzed to determine both the steady-state (forced) output and the transient
(natural) response for any given input. Analysis and construction of simple
RL and RC circuits.
[2] Lab #13 p. 13-1
FINAL EXAM
Introduction to Electrical Engineering
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Labs and Tutorials 4 1 4
Assignment
Project/Presentation/Report 1 5 5
E-learning activities
Quizzes 2 2 4
Midtern Exam 1 2 2
Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 4 4
Final Exam 1 3 3
Preparation for the Final Examination 1 7 7
Self Study 13 5 65
Total Workload 150
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course
5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering Course unit title MACHINE ELEMENTS IIA
Course unit code TECH 2106
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2st year
Semester when the course unit is delivered
4th semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturers Rauf Malikov
Class information
Location: Room 1513
Time: Thursday 09.30- 10.05
Office hours: upon appointment
Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description: This course aims to equip the students with the
fundamentals of these design activities and give them necessary skills to
prepare complete, concise, and accurate calculation steps for machine
elements. This part of the course covers analyses and design of different
types of power transmission such as friction transmission, gearing,
belting,chain transmission.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites
Co-requisites
TECH 2103
Recommended optional programme components
Recommended or required
reading
Required Text:
Required Text:
1. Dobrovolsky V.A. Machine elements
2. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”,Second Editi
on, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co, 2007. Additional materials for class discussions and lectures related to the theme
will be distributed in class
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) NA
Course contents:
1 Power transmissions. Power transmissions systems and their principal features. Drives with a constant velocity ratio. Velocity ratio. Peripheral velocity.
Transmitted power. Loss of power and efficiency. Drives with a variable
velocity ratio.
Chapter XII
2 Friction transmissions. Design. Advantages and shortcomings. Classifications
of Friction drives. Parts of friction drives. Design of the wheels.
Chapter XIII
3 Calculatuion of drives with parallel shafts. Chapter XIII
4 Calculatuion of drives with intersecting shafts. Chapter XIII
5 Belt transmissions. Design. Advantages and shortcomings. Classifications of
belting. Parts of belt drives. Belts, pulleys. Materials and construction of flat
and V- belts. Geometric relationships for length of belt.
Chapter XIV
6 Tonsion in a belt. Stress in belts. Chapter XIV
7 Calculation of belt drives. Kinds of damage and criteria of calculation. Geometry of belt drives. Calculating belt pull. Calculating belt service life.
Chapter XIV
8 Midterm exam
9
Gearings. Fundamentals of the theory and operations of gear. Advantages
and shortcomings of gear transmission. Classifications of gears. Selection of materials for gears
Chapter XV
10 Parts of toothed gears. Materials. Design of pinions and wheels. Chapter XV
11 Spur gears. Calculation of involute straight-tooth spur gears. Forces acting in a
gear. Dynamic load factor. Load concentration factor. Allowable contact stress.
Chapter XV
12 Helical and herringbone involute spur gears. Design. Calculation of helical
and herringbone involute spur gears
Chapter XV
13 Bevel gears. Design of bevel gears. Calculation of bevel gears. Chapter XV
13 Screw and hypoid gears. Design. Advantages and shortcomings. Chapter XVI
14 Worm gears. Design. Fundamentals of the theory and operation of the gears. Calculation o worm gears.
Chapter XVII
15 Chain transmissions. Part of chain Drives. Types of power transmission chains.
Geometry of chain. Calculation of chain transmissions.
Chapter XIX
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5
Individual or Group Work 14 2 28
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 3
3
Homework 3 2 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 98
Total Workload/30(h) 3.2
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title SEPARATION TECHNOLOGY AND ARCHITYPES
Course unit code TECH 2107
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd
year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
4th
semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
3
Name of lecturer Shamilov Fail
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Description of the course unit:
The Separation Technology and achetypes study programme includes drilling,
production and reservoir engineering and petrophysics. These technologies have the
common aim of contributing to optimal production and treatment of hydrocarbons and water from reservoirs and eventually transport of stabilized oil and gas, in addition to
the important contributions of drilling to the exploration phase. Thus, Separation
Technology in Oil & Gas industry comes as a next stage.
Learning Outcomes:
• Be able to contribute to planning for field development and operation, and to impact studies of petroleum fields.
• Be able to make plans for drilling of onshore and offshore wells, for recovery
of oil and gas from different types of reservoirs, or design and operation of
production and injection wells, including processing on the seafloor and with use of permanent installations.
• Be able to apply knowledge and skills within petroleum engineering in a social economic, environmentally friendly and safe perspective throughout field life.
• Be able to use geophysical and geological knowledge to interpret and map data for identification of potential prospects.
• Be able to contribute to development of geo-based technology for exploration and improved recovery of petroleum resources.
• Be able to make plans for oil & gas separation technology,will have
knowladge about oil-water-gas, 2/3 phase separator, horizontal and vertical
separator and have skills to select what kind of separator is required.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Recommended
optional programme
components
–
Course contents
Unit
Topic
Content Textbook
and
chapter
1
Five steps to heaven, Oil and
Gas Accumulation
▪ Source Rock
▪ Migration
▪ Reservoir
▪ Seal/Trap
Topic Coursework: Class
was divided into 4 teams,
Team discuss was
provided.
1, Ch. 1
(pages
19-52)
2
Oil & Gas Wells Logging
▪ Sonic Logging ▪ Density Logging ▪ Resistivity Logging
▪ Clays
Laboratory work: Visual experiment was provided
and discussed.
1, Ch. 2 (pages
53-98)
3
Introduction to Drilling
Engineering.
▪ Wells ▪ Well Lifecycle
▪ Well Types ▪ Drill Bits ▪ Casing
▪ Functions of Casing
Team Presentation was
provided.
1, Ch. 3
(pages 99
– 158)
4
Drilling Process & Design:
Casing & Tubing
▪ Casing Programmes ▪ Cementing Casing ▪ Types of Casing
▪ Pore Preassure ▪ Design Bottom to Top ▪ Tubing
Team Presentation was
provided.
4, Ch. 5 (pages
105-216)
5
Mud & Cements
▪ Drilling Fluid (Mud)
▪ Types of mud
▪ Functions of mud ▪ Oil Based Mud ▪ Water Based Mud
▪ Cements ▪ Types of Cementing
▪ Functions of Cementing ▪ Cement additivies
Topic Coursework: Class
was divided into 2 teams
and team discuss was provided.
1, Ch. 7
(pages
328-386)
6 Well Completions ▪ Lower Completions 1, Ch. 8,
▪ Upper Completions
▪ Well Completions Design
9
(pages 329- 360)
7
Facilities Management
▪ Fluid Properties
▪ Gas Properties Group discussion was
provided.
1, Ch. 10
(pages 361-396)
8 Midterm exam
9
Separation Technologies
▪ Horizontal Separators ▪ Vertical Separators
▪ Functions of Separators
1, Ch. 13
(pages
450-477)
10
Oil & Gas Transportation after Separation Process
▪ Subsea Transportation ▪ Onshore Transportation ▪ Pipelines
Team Presentation was
provided
1, Ch. 14
(pages 478 – 493)
11
Separation Systems
▪ Produced water treatment
▪ Gas sweetening and
dehydration ▪ Measurement
Visual laboratory work was provided.
7, Ch. 1- 2
(pages 19
– 147)
12
Perforation
▪ Functions of Perforation ▪ Perforation guns
▪ Perforation Design
5, Ch. 3
(pages
59-98)
13
Subsea Tree
▪ Subsea Tree design ▪ Subsea Tree functions
▪ Subsea tree construction Class was divided into 3
teams. Team work was
provided
3, Ch. 4
(pages
106-168)
14
HP and HT Wells
▪ High Pressure factors
▪ High Temperature factors
Laboratory work. Visual
experiment was provided and discussed.
9, Ch. 8
(Pages 278-314)
15
Horizontal, Multilateral &
Intelligent wells
▪ Horizontal Wells ▪ Multilateral Wells
▪ Intelligent Wells Team
Presentation was
provided.
9, Ch. 12
(Pages 436-489)
Final exam
Recommended or required readings
Required readings:
1. Norman J. Hune: "Nontechnical Guide to Petroleum Geology, Explaration, Drilling
and Production., 2014
Optional readings: 1. Essentials of Reservoir Engineering. Volume 2 Pierre Donnez 2012
2. Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering. L.P.Dake
3. Drilling Engineering Manoj Karkare 2015
4. Advanced Drilling Engineering. Principles and Designs Manoj Karkare2015 5. Drilling technology in nontechnnical language. Steve Devereux 2012. 6. Gas Liquid and Liquid Liquid Separators Maurice Steward Ken Arnold
7. Separator (Oil Production) Cornelia Cecilia Eglantine 8. Offshore operation Facilities. Equipment and Procedures. Huacan Fang, Menglan Duan
9. Advanced Well Completion Engineering. Wan Renpu 2011
Planned learning
activities and teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, research paper, quizzes and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Separation Technology and archetypes
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 2 28
Labs and Tutorials 3 1 3
Assignment
Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes 2 1 2
Midterm Examination 1 2 2
Final Examination 1 3 3
Individual or group work 14 4 56
Total Workload 94
Total Workload/30(h) 3,1
ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT :ENGINEERING DESIGN
Course unit code TECH 2107/PE
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 2nd
year
Semester when the
course unit is delivered
4th
semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturers Telman Askeraliyev
Class information Location: Room: 5 Time: Monday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
Exploring the entire product-development process, from identifying customer needs
to generating concepts, prototyping and designing the product in order to launch a
business. Learning best practices from the industry using case studies, and applying
the knowledge in a team project. It is is a project- based course which covers modern tools and methods for product design and development. Class sessions are conducted
in workshop mode and employ cases and hands-on exercises to reinforce the key ideas.
Topics include identifying customer needs, concept generation, product architecture, industrial design, and design-for-manufacturing.
Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to:
• To read engineering drawings;
• To understand axonometric and multiview drawings;
• To distinguish between main machine parts and learning the basic parameters of each part;
• To participate in designing and selection of materials for producing new
products;
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional programme components
Recommended or
required reading
Textbooks:
1. Brian Griffiths, Engineering drawing for manufacture,London, 2003
2. Fundamentals of Machine component Design, Robert C. Juvinall, fifth edition, 2012 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Optional:
3. Process: 50 Product Designs from Concept to Manufacture, 2nd edition
By Jennifer Hudson
4. Managing The Design Factory: A Product Developer's Toolkit by
Donald G. Reinertsen
Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Lectures, class projects, reading materials from textbook, quizzes, assignments, discussions, exams.
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 Introduction to drawing – 1
Product design purpose, sketching, need for standards, glass box, viewing
object, components of a drawing basic line types.
Sketching practice – types of lines, multiview drawings and basic geometric shapes.
Ch.1,[1]
2 Introduction to drawing – 2
Freehand sketching, graphics language, projection method, line of sight, plane of projection, orthographic projection, multiview drawing, axonometric
drawing, three primary views.
Assignment 1 – spatial analysis, the students are given two dimensional
diagram of an object and they should picture it in three dimensions.
Ch.1,[1]
Mechanical and
Spatial aptitude,
Copyright © 2001
LearningExpress, LLC.
ISBN 1-57685-
357-8,
p.119
www.learnatest.com
3 Material Selection - 1
Strength of materials, Materials classification, factors in design
Team work – dividing into groups and allocating the jobs related to the
development of the review part of the course project.
Ch.3,[2]
4
Material Selection – 2
strain rate, material selection chart, case study
Assignment 3 – spatial analysis, the students are given two dimensional
diagram of an object and they should picture it in three dimensions.
Ch.3,[2]
Mechanical and Spatial
aptitude, Copyright ©
2001
LearningExpress, LLC.
ISBN 1-57685-
357-8,
p.119
www.learnatest.com
5
Bolts and Nuts – 1
Fasteners, soldering, washers, screw, rivet, Bolt specifications, nuts specifications;
Team work –Discussing the issues related to the review part of the course project.
Ch.10,[2]
6 Bolts and Nuts - 2
match specifications, thread, pitch, head size, nut specifications.
Sketching practice – basic sketch of a bolt
Ch.10,[2],
https://www.youtube. com/watch?v=NP1sp _eTWhc
7 Gears – 1
Definitions, driver, driven, Idler, Gear train, gear ratio
Lab.: – calculating gear ratio and creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet of the
parameters’ interrelationships
Ch.15,[2],
http://bowlesphysics. com/images/Robotic
s_-
_Gears_and_Gear_
Ratios.pdf
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Gears - 2
gear speed calculations, Bevel gear, important calculations Quiz
2 – calculating gear speed
Ch.15,[2]
http://bowlesphysic s.com/images/Rob
otics_-
_Gears_and_Gear
_Ratios.pdf
10 Belt Drives – 1
Application of belts, types of belts, flat belt, V-belt, circular belt, velocity ratio of belt drive
Team work – developing the review part of the project into the full- developed product
Ch.19,[2]
11 Belt Drives – 2
Belt drives, basic formulas, driving force, torque, quiz.
Ch.19,[2]
Team work – final project discussions related to the development of the chosen product
12 Clutches and brakes – 1
Types of clutches, disc clutch, cone clutch, centrifugal clutch
Ch.20,[2]
13 Clutches and brakes – 2
jaw clutch, brake application, disc brake, difference between clutches and brakes
Ch.20,[2]
14 Simple Machines – 1
Definitions, wheels, axles, pulleys, inclined planes, wedges
Sketching practice – Providing basic sketches of simple machine parts
Ch.20,[2]
15 Simple Machines – 2
Screws, Lever first class, lever second class, complex machinery
Team work - final part – discussing of the results obtained during the work under project, presentations if available
Discussions – review of the subject, goals obtained and conclusion
Ch.20,[2]
FINAL EXAM
Product Development - Engineering Design (PE)
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 2 28
Labs and Tutorials 2 1 2
Assignment 1 1 1
Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes 2 1 2
Midterm Examination 1 2 2
Final Examination 1 3 3
Individual or group work 14 4 56
Total Workload 94
Total Workload/30(h) 3,1
ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title FUNDAMENTALS OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Course unit code TECH 3101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd
year
Semester/trimester when the course unit
is delivered
5th
semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
3
Name of lecturer Telman Askeraliyev
Class information Location: Room: 5
Time: Monday Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Course Description
Examining the basic concepts and methods of industrial engineering through individual
and team-based hands-on activities. Exploring the profession of industrial engineering
in the full meaning of the words. Learning how to streamline organizations, facilities, plans, tools, processes, methods and work environments for optimal effectiveness.
Discovering the responsibilities and practices of an industrial engineer and developing
the talents necessary to strengthen the overall performance of all work segments. Whether you work in manufacturing, service or government, this course shows you how
to use industrial engineering techniques as necessary tools to improve your work
organization.
Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able:
• To create an improvement strategy for the work organization;
• To obtain an organizational vision, strategic objectives and a long-range plans;
• To recognize opportunities for implementing lean principles;
• Making use of process improvement techniques.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Recommended
optional program
components
Microsoft Excel
Course contents
Unit
Topic
Content Reference to
textbook and
chapter(s)
1 Introduction to Industrial Engineering – 1
Definition of Industrial Engineering, Typical focus
areas, History of IE
Ch.1, [1]
2
Introduction to Industrial Engineering – 2
Management system, significant events in IE,
introduction of lean manufacturing, careers in
Industrial Engineering (IE).
Case study: LCV (Long Combination Vehicle) for
higher productivity, safety, Automated Trailer Steering
Team Work: Company analysis
Ch.1, [1],
http://www.path.be rkeley.edu/sites/de
fault/files/publicati
ons/PRR-2006- 08.pdf
3
Targets of Ergonomics – 1
Philosophy of ergonomics, ergonomics
activities, factors affecting ergonomics,
occupational ergonomics
Discussion: Detrimental factors for Ergonomics
development
Case study: Careers in Industrial Engineering field
Team Work: Company analysis
Ch.1, [1] ,
http://www.worldwi
delearn.com/onlin e-
education-
guide/engineering/ industrial-
engineering-
major.htm
4
Targets of Ergonomics – 2
Types of ergonomics, benefits of ergonomics, barriers faced by the Industrial engineers
Team Work: Review of existing companies from Ergonomic point of view
Ch.1, [1]
5
Physiology basis of human labor assessment – 1
Science behind ergonomics, physiology, posture tips,
safety tips for hands;
Lab: Exercise in Excel. Creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
Calculating time difference for the issues
concerning work load and ensuring safer work
place;
Team Work: Review of existing companies from
Ergonomic point of view
Ch.4, [1]
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
5uqkrzkEXCU,
first part of the video,
LUNDA.COM
6
Physiology basis of human labor assessment – 2
managing positioning, safety cabinet use, office ergonomics
Team Work: Review of existing companies from Ergonomic point of view;
Lab: Exercise in Excel. Creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. Calculating time difference for the issues
Ch.4, [1]
concerning work load and ensuring safer work
place;
7
Anthropometric and Biomechanical basis in
Ergonomic design of
workplace-1
anthropometry, types of body measurements,
correct boy posture in front of computer,
anthropometry of human body
Ch.3, [1],]
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9
Anthropometric and Biomechanical basis in
Ergonomic design of
workplace – 2
advantages of using anthropometric data for workplace design, segmented human body
model, application of anthropometric data in
workplace design
Ch.3, [1]
10
Stress management techniques in the workplace
– 1
Main causes of stress, aims of ergonomics,
importance of highlighting stress related issues;
Labs - 1: Calculation of the overtime payment for the workers using Microsoft Excel spreadsheet;
Ch.2, [1]
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
mmurQcPeOpA
11
Stress management techniques in the workplace
– 2
examples of stressful jobs, reduction of psycho
–social risks
Lab.: Calculation of the overtime payment for the workers using Microsoft Excel spreadsheet;
Ch.2, [1]
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
mmurQcPeOpA
12
Work Organization – 1
work design, systems of work, process based organizations, process planning,
Problem solving: Exercise in Excel N2, Creating better visualization of work organization activities;
Lab.: Creating weekly timesheet calculator in Microsoft Excel;
Ch.3, [1],
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
ooo4WoT0wns
13
Work Organization – 2
smart working, operational flexibility, high
performance working, lean manufacturing
Team Work: Discussion of the issues related to the final part of the project(safety trainings catered for the
chosen field)
Lab.: Creating weekly timesheet calculator in Microsoft Excel;
Ch.3, [1],
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
ooo4WoT0wns
14 Shift and night work - 1 Design recommendations, shift work issues,
health problems Ch.3, [1]
15
Shift and night work - 2 fatigue, injury risks, circadian rhythm, injury
trends in shift work
Team Work: Discussion of the issues related to
Ch.3, [1]
the final part of the project (safety trainings
catered for the chosen field)
FINAL EXAM
Recommended or
required readings
Text book:
1.Handbook of Industrial Engineering, Gavriel Salvendy, 2001, by John Wiley and
sons, Inc.
Optional:
2. Fire safety workplace security: A selected bibliography (Architecture series-- bibliography) Paperback – 1986, by Anthony G White (Author)
3. Office Work Can Be Dangerous to Your Health: A Handbook of Office Health and
Safety Hazards and What You Can Do About Them Paperback – January 12, 1984,by
Jeanne Stellman (Author), Mary Sue Henifin (Author), Lyda Pola (Illustrator)
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, case studies, assignments, labs and exams
Language of instruction
English
Work placement(s) NA
Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Labs and Tutorials 3 1 3
Assignment
Project/Presentation/Report 2 1 2
E-learning activities
Quizzes
Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 4 4
Midterm exam 1 2 2
Preparation for the Final Examination 1 6 6
Final Exam 1 3 3
Self Study 10 4 40
Total Workload 102
Total Workload/30(h) 3,4
ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS
Course unit code MATH 3101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle bachelor
Year of study 3rd year
Semester when the course unit is delivered
5th
Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
6
Name of lecturers Rena Zulfugarova
Class information Location:
Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
In this course, you will learn basic statistical techniques that you will need in
econometrics and economics. The main aim of this course is to provide students
with an introductory yet comprehensive overview statistical methods. It also provides students an opportunity to be able to use concepts from the text to solve
problems dealing with many real- life scientific and engineering situations.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able to:
• explain Statistical concepts,
• analyze methods of descriptive statistics of collecting, analyzing and
presenting data obtained,
• apply statistical methods for solving problems in business and economics.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co- requisites
MATH 1101, MATH1102
Recommended optional
programme components
EXCEL
Recommended or 1. E-book: David Moore, The Basic Practice of Statistics, Fifth Edition
required reading 2010
2. David M. Levine, David F., Stephan Timothy, C. Krehbiel, Mark
L. Berenson, STATISTICS FOR MANAGERS USING Microsoft Excel
Custom Edition for UMASS-Amherst Professor Robert Nakosteen Taken from: Statistics for Managers: Using Microsoft Excel, Fifth
Edition by David M. Levine, David F. Stephan, Timothy C. Krehbiel, and Mark L.Berenson . by David M. Levine, David F. Stephan, Timothy
C. Krehbiel, and Mark L. Berenson. Pearson Education, Inc.Published by
Prentice Hall Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
3. Selected chapter on Business Analysis, Second Edition taken from
Decision modeling with Microsoft Excel, Sixth edition by Jefferey
H. Moor and Larry R. Weatherford, Operations Management, Fourth
Edition by Roberta Russell and Bernard Taylor
Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, assignment, discussion sessions, presentation.
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) NA
Course contents:
1. Introduction to the Statistics and Statistical fundamentals:
• Why study Statistics
• Types of Statistics
• Types of Variables
• Raw data, arrays, population, sample, frequency distributions
• LAB. Basic Excel formulas and functions and Spreadsheet model MS
Excel LAB.
Chapter 1[1]
Chapter 4[2]
(Text book)
(p.25-29 [2]) p.75[2]
2. Displaying Distributions with Graphs:
• Bar charts
• Pie charts
• LAB. Construction and graphing Bar, Pie Charts(Software
commands for MS Excel, PHStat. )
Chapter 1 [1]
Chapter 2[2] (Text book)
p.75[2]
3. Displaying Distributions with Graphs:
• Histograms
• Stem plots
• Time plots
• LAB. Construction and graphing Histogram, Stemplots, Time plots
Chapter 1 [1]
Chapter 2[2] (Text book)
(Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat. ) p.75[2]
4. Describing Distributions with Numbers:
• Measuring center: The Mean
• The Properties of the Mean
• LAB. Descriptive Statistics (Software commands for MS Excel,
PHStat.)
Chapter 2 [1]
Chapter 3[2]
(Text book)
p.143 [2]
5. Describing Distributions with Numbers:
• Measuring center: The Median
• Measuring center: The Quartiles
• The Mode
• The five-number summary and Box-plots
• LAB. Descriptive Statistics (Software commands for MS Excel,
PHStat.)
Chapter 2 [1]
Chapter 3[2]
(Text book)
p.143 [2]
6. Sampling Distributions
• Simple Random Samples.
• Other Sampling Designs.
• LAB. Creating simple random samples (Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat)
Chapter 8 [1]
Chapter 7 [2] (Text book)
7. Describing Data: Displaying and Exploring Data:
• The Empirical Rule
• Normal Distribution and Normal Curve
• Areas under the Normal Curve
• Standardized value - Z-score
• LAB. Areas under the Normal Curve, Finding Value of an
Observation. (Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat)
Chapter 3[1]
Chapter 6[2]
(Text book) p.247 [2]
8. Midterm Exam
9. Probability
• Randomness and Probability.
• General Rules of Probability.
• LAB. Determining Probability (MS Excel, PHStat)
Chapter 12[1]
Chapter 4[2] (Text book)
10. Conditional Probability:
• Bayes’ Rule
• Independece
• Multiplicative Rules
• LAB. MS Excel commands for Bayes’ Rule & Independece
Chapter 12[1]
Chapter 4[2]
(Text book)
11. Some discrete probability Distribution:
• Binomial Distribution
• Poisson Distribution
• LAB. Binomial Distribution & Poisson Distribution (Software
commands for MS Excel, PHStat)
Chapter 13[1]
Chapter 5[2]
(Text book)
12. Confidence Intervals
• The Basics.
• Confidence Intervals for the mean µ
• LAB. Computing the confidence interval estimate for the mean (σ known
and unknown (Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat)
Chapter 8 [2] p.322 [2]
13. Fundamentals of Hypothesis Testing
• Stating Hypotheses
• P-value and Statistical Significance
• Two-Way Tables.
• LAB. Using the Z test for the mean (Software commands for MS Excel,
PHStat)
Chapter 6[1]
Chapter 9 [2] (Text book)
14. Scatter plots and correlation:
• Correlation Analysis
• The Coefficient of Correlation
• LAB. Construction and graphing Scatter plots, Correlation analysis
(Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat)
Chapter 4 [1]
Chapter 3[2] (Text book)
15. İnference for regression
• The Regression Model
• The Least Squares Principles
• LAB. Regression analysis (Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat).
Chapter
,23[1] Chapter 10
[2]
(Text book)
p.422[2]
. FINAL EXAM
Descriptive statistics
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4
56
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 15 15
Individual or Group Work 14 5 70
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 2 5 10
Homework 3 3 9
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 180
Total Workload/30(h) 6
ECTS Credit of the Course 6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO FLUID AND THERMODYNAMICS
Course unit code TECH 3102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd
year
Semester when the
course unit is delivered
5th
Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
5
Name of lecturers Jeyhun Naziyev
Class information Location: Room: 4, 5
Time: Tuesday, Friday
Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
The block covers Introduction to fluid and thermodynamics. Students will learn
general aspects on fluid mechanics and thermodynamics, and also will learn to
solve simple problems. Such important topics as flow friction, buoyant force effective on a body, phase equilibria and phase transitions, applications of
pumps and compressors, heat engines, an effective energy use, and also
calculations methods are considered. The course focuses on application of knowledge on fluid and thermodynamics in their professional careers.
Learning Outcomes:
• Identify and use units and notations in fluid and
thermodynamics.
• An understanding of fluid mechanics fundamentals, including
concepts of mass and momentum conservation.
• An ability to apply the Bernoulli equation to solve problems in fluid mechanics.
• An ability to use potential flow theory to solve problems in fluid
mechanics.
• A knowledge of laminar and turbulent boundary layer fundamentals. • A knowledge of the concept of phase, phase equilibria, and phase
transitions
• State and illustrate the first and second laws of thermodynamics.
• Apply the first and second laws of thermodynamics to formulate and
solve engineering problems.
• Use thermodynamic data and equation of state (e.g. the ideal gas law) to obtain appropriate property data to solve thermodynamics problems.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
N/A
Recommended or
required reading
Recommended Sources
Textbooks:
• Fundamentals of Physics. D.Halliday, R.Resnick and J.Walker, John Wiley & Sons, 4
th edition.
• Course on Physics. E.R.Jones and R.I.Childers, Addison-
Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd
edition. • Technical thermodynamics, V.V.Nashekin.
• Fluid mechanics, thermodynamics of turbomachinery,
S.L.Dixon
• Subsurface ventilation and environment engineering. Malcolm J. McPherson.
• Laboratories on physics. ASOIU.
Supplementary Course Materials (*)
Technical thermodynamics, Y.M.Naziyev; Laws of
Thermodynamics. C.Y.Naziyev;
Planned learning activities Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming
and teaching methods
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 • Introduction to the Course; Work, Energy, Impulse. Laws of
conservation.
• Force and motion. Newton’s Second law.
• Work done by constant and variable forces. Work and total
mechanical energy.
• Conservation of the mechanical energy.
• Impulse and linear momentum. Linear momentum
conservation law.
• Exercises: The use of work-energy theorem, and
conservation laws in solutions of problems.
(1) Ch.7,8,9;
(2) Ch.6,7,8
(1) pp.181, 212,
248
2
Fluids. Fluid static. Liquids and its properties. • Fluids definition and properties.
• Density and pressure. Measuring pressure. Barometer and manometer.
• Pascal’s and Archimedes’ principles.
• Exercises: Clarification of connections among the characteristics of the liquids at rest. Determination of an absolute pressure.
(1) Ch.16,19
(2) Ch.10,12
(1) p.466
3 Ideal gas.
• Ideal gas. Equation of state for ideal gas.
• Ideal gas mixtures.
• The work of gas expansion.
• Exercises: Study of the main parameters of ideal gas and
mixtures of different gases.
(1) Ch.21;
(2) Ch.12;
(3) Ch.2,3
(1) p.598, (2)
p.344,
(3) pp.28, 35
4 Real gases.
• Phase.Real gas. Equation of state for real gases.
• Phase diagrams.
• Exercises: Obtaining of expressions for real gases by making some corrections to equation of state for ideal gas. Phase diagrams for real gases.
(3)Ch.4
(3) p.50
5
Fluid flow. • Steady flow. Ideal fluid flow. Nonviscose flow.
• Streamlines, mass conservation law and the equation of
continuity. • Bernoulli’s equation.
• Exercises: Volume and mass flow rate equations. Solutions of the
problems related to the steady fluid flow.
• Quiz
(1)Ch.16;
(2)Ch.10; (4)Ch.2
(1) p.471, (2)
p.295
6 Flow friction. • Flow with friction – viscose flow. Viscosity. • Newtonian fluids. Newton’s equation for fluid flow.
• Frictional form of Bernoulli's equation.
• Poiseuille’s law. • Stokes’s law. • Laminar and turbulent flows. Reynolds number.
• Exercises: Use of fluid flow with friction equations. Determination of the type of fluid flow by finding of Reynolds
number.
• Lab. Determination of viscosity of liquids by Stokes method.
(1)Ch.16; (2)Ch.10;
(4)Ch.2;
(*)
(2) p.295
(6)
7 Pumps and compressors.
• Classification of pumps. Centrifugal Pumps. Pressure and Head.
Positive Displacement Pumps
• Types of Air Compressors. Reciprocating Air and Rotary Screw Compressors.
• Exercises: Questions and problems about the operation of pumps and compressors.
• Lab. Determination of viscosity of liquids using Poiseuille’s method.
(2)Ch.13;
(3)Ch.16; (*)
(3) p.257
(6)
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Temperature and heat. • Temperature and states of matter. • Heating and cooling.
• Change of phase. • Heat transfer. Heat capacity.
• Exercises: Heat transfer and temperature increase. Phase
transformations.
• Lab. Determination of the Cp / Cv heat capacities ratio of gases by Clement - Desormes’ method.
(1) Ch.19,20, 21;
(2) Ch.11;(*)
(2) p.320, (1)
p.569
(6)
10 Entropy
• Enthalpy and the steady flow energy equation. • Physical meaning of Entropy. • Entropy in a reversible process. Entropy change.
• Exercises: Calculation the entropy change of the system.
• Lab. Determination of the Cp / Cv by the speed of sound in the gas.
(1)Ch.22; (2)Ch.13;
(3)Ch.8;
(4)Ch.2;(*)
(1) p.632, (2)
p.377
(6)
11
Thermodynamical Laws.
• Thermodynamic properties, system, state, process. • The First law of thermodynamics. • Carnot cycle and the efficiency of engines.
• The second law of thermodynamics.
• Exercises: Application of thermodynamical laws to different processes.
• Quiz
(1)Ch.19,20, 22;
(3)Ch.8; (*)
(1) p.571, 630
12 Heat Engines. Combustion engines.
• Heat Engines definition.
• Combustion engines and its types. Compression ratio.
• Otto cycle. Efficiency.
• Exercises: Questions and problems concerning benzene
engine working principle.
(3)Ch.17
(3) p.272
13 Combustion engines.
• Diesel cycle. Cut-off ratio and its efficiency.
• Comparison of Otto and Diesel cycles.
• Exercises: Questions and problems concerning diesel engine working principle.
(3)Ch.17
(3) p.274
14 Steam turbine engine. • Steam turbines.
• Ideal Rankin cycle. Efficiency.
• Practical Rankin cycle. Efficiency. • Methods to increase the efficiency.
• Exercises: Questions and problems concerning working
principles of steam turbines.
(3)Ch.19; (4)Ch.2
(3) p.315
15 Gas turbine engine. • Gas turbines.
• Ideal Brayton/Joule cycle. • Actual Brayton/Joule cycle. • Methods to increase power
• Exercises: Questions and problems concerning working
principles of gas turbines.
• Quiz
(3)Ch.18
(3) p.291
FINAL EXAM
Introduction to Fluid and Thermodynamics
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Individual or Group Work 14 4.5 63
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 5
5
Homework 2 2 4
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 151
Total Workload/30(h) 5
ECTS Credit of the Course 5
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INVESTMENT AND FINANCING
Course unit code ACCT 3101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd
year
Semester when the
course unit is
delivered
5th
semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated
6
Name of lecturer Leyla Hasanova
Class information Location: Room: 4,5 Time: Tuesday, Thursday Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Course Description:
This course will provide students with introduction to basic processes and models of
investment. Investment in capital, external investment, methods of investment appraisal are discussed within the course. Acquire sufficient knowledge of the quantitative methods
used in investment finance to apply them to financial markets. Students also study the
means by which businesses raise finance and manage finance. A relationship between the investment and financing is explained by financial analysis, structural models of capital,
indexes and shareholders value concept. Students will develop an advanced knowledge of
financial statement analysis, as well as the ability to use specialized analytical tools.
Learning outcomes:
At the end of the course the student should be able to :
• Apply the most important formulas in Financing and Investment.
• Determine the future value of investment made today.
• Determine the present value of cash to be received in the future.
• Make and evaluate Investment and Finance decisions based on capital budgeting techniques.
• Recognize effects of uncertainty on decision-making situations and apply simple
solution techniques for decision-making under uncertainty.
• Determine a firm’s overall cost of capital.
• Determine and critically evaluate the economic benefit of various types of
financing.
• Compute basic valuation analysis for financial markets instruments.
• Use basic knowledge for designing financial instruments to acquire.
• Explain the operating and cash cycles and why they are important.
• Standardize financial statements for comparison purposes.
• Compute and interpret some common ratios.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and None
co-requisites
Recommended optional programme
components
NA
Course contents
Unit
Topic
Textbook and chapter
1
Introduction to investment enviroment :
Real and Financial Assets; Investment Process; Financial Markets and the economy
Lab/Tutorial: Identifying real and financial assets for different transactions
Chapter 1; p.2-15 (TxBk 2)
p.23 (#7);p.24 (#9,10)
2
The Basics of Financial System: Financial Instruments, Financial
Markets and Intermediaries:
Money market Instruments; Capital Market Instruments; Financial Markets
and players; How Securities are traded
Chapter 2; p.27-39 (TxBk
2),
Chapter 3; p.55-59 (TxBk
2)
3
Introduction to valuation. Time Value of Money Concept:
Simple and Compound Interest; Present Value Concept; Future Value Concept Lab/Tutorial: Review problems on PV,FV using Microsoft Excel
Chapter 5,
(TxBk 1)
p.141-142
4
Discounted Cash Flow Valuation:
Annuities; Perpetuities; Loan types and Loan Amortization; EAR&APR
Lab/Tutorial: Review problems and spreadsheet tasks on Annuities,
Perpetuities, loan amortization schedule using Microsoft Excel Quiz I
Chapter 6,
(TxBk 1)
p.180-184 (#7-14; 19-24;26; 30-35; 53-55)
5
Capital Budgeting Process I :
Classification of Projects; Investment appraisal techniques (static methods). Lab/Tutorial : Review selected end-of-chapter problems
Chapter 9 (TxBk 1)
p.290( #1,2)
6
Capital Budgeting Process II :
Investment appraisal techniques (dynamic methods)
Lab/Tutorial: Review tasks on NPV, DPP, IRR, MIRR using Microsoft Excel
Mini-Case study
Chapter 9 (TxBk 1)
p.293-295 (#4,6,7,8,9,13,15,16,17,19,
20)
p.297
7
Making capital investment decision:
Project Cash Flows ;Incremental Cash Flows; Opportunity Cost; Sunk cost
Lab/Tutorial: Determining relevant cash flows from the project and thinking
questions
Chapter 10,p.298-301 (TxBk 1)
p.326 (1,3,6); p.327 (1)
8 Midterm Exam
9
Risk and Return I :
Average Returns; Expected returns and variance both in the investment
projects and investment portfolio context
Lab/Tutorial: Review tasks on HPR, average returns, ER, variance
Chapter 12,p.366-377;
386-389 Chapter 13 (TxBk 1)
p.396 (#1-3);398 (#15,16)
using Microsoft Excel p.432 (#1,3,4,6,7)
10
Risk and Return II:
Efficient Diversification, Systematic and Unsystematic Risk; CAPM Lab/Tutorial: Review tasks on CAPM, construction of SML
Chapter 13,
(TxBk 1)
p.430 (#13.1-13.4)
p.433 (#9,14,15,16)
11
The Cost of Capital:
Basic considerations in managing capital; Cost of Equity, Debt; Preferred Stock; WACC
Lab/Tutorial: Simulating WACC calculation using Excel spreadsheet.
Review problems on the Cost of Equity, Debt, Preferred Stock and WACC. Quiz II
Chapter 14,
p.437- 453 (TxBk 1)
p.463 (#1,2,6) p.465 (#1,5,7,9,10,11,17)
12
Sources of finance (Long-term and intermediate forms of financing):
Introduction to internal and external sources of financing; Types of the bonds
and theirluation; Fisher Effect, Equity Securities and their valuation
Lab/Tutorial: Determining the value of bonds, stocks, real interest rates. Pricing a bonds and valuation of stocks using Microsoft Excel
Chapter 7 (TxBk 1) Chapter 8,p.231- 245
(TxBk 1)
p.225-229(#1-6,9,10,16)
p.255-256 (#1,5,9,10)
13
Short-term Finance and Planning:
Operating Cycle; Net working capital; The essentials of Cash Budget; Short-term borrowing
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems
Chapter 18 (TxBk 1)
p.605-609 (#1,2,3,4 etc.)
14
Financial Statements Analysis I:
Evaluation of financial performance; Vertical analysis; Horizontal analysis; Common-size statements
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems. Preparing
common-size statement using Microsoft Excel
Chapter 3,p.46- 53(TxBk 1)
p.80(#1,5)
p.82(#13)
15
Financial Statements Analysis II:
Ratio Analysis; DuPont Identity
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems.
Mini case study
Chapter3,p.54-76(TxBk 1)
p.80 (#1,2); p.81-83 (#1-
9,10,12,23,17)
p.85-86
Final Exam
Recommended or required readings
Required readings: Textbook #1:“Fundamentals of Corporate Finance“ 9th Edition by S. Ross,
R.Westerfield , B.Jordan; Publisher: Mc Graw Hill India; 9th edition ( 2012);
Textbook #2:“Essential of Investments” 9th Edition by Zvi Bodie, Alex Kane, Alan
J.Marcus (selected chapters); Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education (2012)
Additional information will be distributed electronically
Optional readings:
• “Fundamentals of Financial Management” 13th
edition, James C. Van Horne,John M. Wachowicz
Planned learning
activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, exercise, class discussions, case study discussions, group
presentations, passing quizzes and exams
Language
of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Investment and Financing
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class
14
3
42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 15 15
Individual or Group Work 14 4 56
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and
presentation)
1
20
20
Homework 12 2 22
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 180
Total Workload/30(h) 6
ECTS Credit of the Course 6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title SYSTEMS MODELLING AND SIMULATION
Course unit code COMP 3101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd
year
Semester when the
course unit is delivered
5th
Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
7
Name of lecturer Yusifov Salahaddin
Class information Location: Room: 5,12 Time: Monday, Thursday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
This course is designed as introductory course in modelling and simulation of systems, which helps students to recognize opportunities, formulate appropriate models, obtain data
and implement the results. Simulation is the process of designing a model of a system and
conducting experiments to understand the behavior of the system and/or evaluate various
strategies for the operation of the system. Modeling and Simulation has become an important tool in all phases of the acquisition process and can be used within most systems
life cycle processes, including requirements analysis, architectural design, design and
development, test and verification and operations and maintenance.
Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to :
• Demonstrate competence in analyzing different systems mathematically and graphically.
• Demonstrate competence on building different mathematical models of system.
• Apply the principles of statistical modeling for regression modeling time series forecasting models.
• Apply simple time series forecasting models and assess the forecasting
performance of those models.
• Be able to build mathematical models for system optimization.
• Identify different situations in which Monte-Carlo simulation would be
appropriate to use.
• Construct a simple spreadsheet-based Monte Carlo Simulation model.
• Be able to describe the process for modeling queues and three major components
of queuing models
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Microsoft Excel
Recommended or
required reading
The Textbook: 1. Quantitative Business Modeling:
Publisher: South-Western College; First edition 2001,
Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
2. System modeling and Simulation- V. P. Singh, New age international limited
(2009). 3. Decision modeling with Microsoft Excel- Jeffrey H. Moore and Larry R.
Weatherford, 6th
Edition (2001), Prentice Hall.
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and
presentation sessions, discussion sessions, Software commands for Excel
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM
Definition of system, Entities of system
Lab. Entering the total score Formula into a spreadsheet on MC Excel.
[2] Ch. 0
p.2- 3
2
STATIC AND DYNAMIC SYSTEMS
Entities, attributes and actions. Systems and their components
[2] Ch. 0
p.3- 5
INTRODUCTION TO MODELING
The main steps of model building. Different types of models. Physical, mathematical and computers
Lab. Investigation of Demand-Supply relation on the MC Excel
[1] Ch. 1 p.7- 17
3 A STATIC MARKETING MODEL
A static mathematic model. Demand supply and relation between them.
Graphical representation of market model.
[2] Ch. 1 p.12- 16
THE ART OF MODELING SYSTEMS
Influence diagram. A hierarchical flowchart drawing beginning with a performance measure and using arrows to clarify the relationship
Lab. Statistical Data processing. Mean value. Deviation on MC Excel.
[3] Ch. 1
p.3- 10
4
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL MODELING
Managerial approach to decision-making judgement. The modeling process. The
role of modeling in the systems. Types of models. Physical, Analog and Symbolic
models.
[3] Ch. 2
p.10- 20
DATA COLLECTION IN MODELING SYSTEMS
Data collection. Summarizing data. Discrete statistics. Statistical display.
Lab. Calculating and analyzing of the linear regression model parameters by using
MC Excel.
[1] Ch. 2
p.38- 46
5
SPREADSHEET MODELING SYSTEMS
Introduction to black box. Representation of Simon Pie model. Influence
diagram pictures in connections.
[3] Ch. 2
p.28- 30
SIMON PIE PRICE MODEL
Black box view of Simon Pie model. Influence diagram of Pie model.
Model construction.
Lab. Investigation Simon’s Pie model using MC Excel.
[3] Ch. 2
p.30- 37
6 REGRESSION MODELING
Statistical modeling. Independent and dependent variables. Descriptive and
prescriptive models.
[1] Ch. 3
p. 97- 100
LINEAR REGRESSION MODEL
Scatter plot of given data. Least squares regression model. Calculating the regression model parameters
Lab. Defining Max Revenue Profit by using MC Excel on base given data.
[1] Ch. 3
p. 100- 109
7 THE MULTIPLE REGRESSION MODEL [1] Ch. 3
p. 112- 115
Mathematical representation. The error in multiple regression modeling
FORECASTING MODELS
Time series analysis. Components of a time series. Moving averages model.
Lab. Investigation forecast problem under different averaging number (m) by
MC Excel
[1] Ch. 3
p. 123- 125
8 FORECASTING MODELS
New demand forecast and previous forecast. Relationship between them. Interpretation of the smoothing constant.
Lab. Investigation Forecast problem under different smoothing constant (α) by
MC Excel
[1] Ch. 3
p. 125- 130
Midterm
9 OPTIMIZATION MODELING OF SYSTEMS
Optimization modeling. Influence diagram and mathematical model for Statron’s
production planning problem.
[1] Ch. 4 p. 148- 156
THE GENERAL LP MODEL
Mathematical terms and presentation of LP model advantages. Assumpitions and solution model.
Lab. Graphical solution LP problem by MC Excel. Building feasible solution space for function’s line.
[1] Ch. 4
p. 161- 164
10 APPLIED LP MODELS FORMULATING
Allocation limited resources problem. Product model formulating.
[3] Ch. 3 p. 72- 84
SOLVING LP MODEL BY THE GRAPHICAL MOTHOD
Graphing the feasible area by graphing each linear constraint. Identify an optimal
solution by the using of Iso profit.
Lab. Solving Transportation Problem
[1] Ch. 4
p. 165- 175
11
TRANSPORTATION MODELING
Formulating the main feature of problem. Graphical presentation of T- problem.
Constraints an objective function. Mathematical formulation of model.
[3] Ch. 5
p. 218- 224
INTEGER OPTIMIZATION MODELING [3] Ch. 5
Integer LP models. Types of integer optimization modeling. Graphical
interpretation of integer models
Lab. Sensitivity Analysis with Excel
p. 286- 290
12 ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM MODELING
Application of binary variables. Formulating objective function and
constraints formulating. Graphical presentation of initial data.
[3] Ch. 5 p. 224- 229
QUEUING SYSTEM MODELING
Queuing Process Modeling. Measures performance for queuing systems. Model formulation. Analysis of the model.
Lab. Solving linear programming models with Excel
[1] Ch. 6
p. 279- 284
13 THE QUEUING SITUATION MODELING
The characteristics of waiting line situations. The structure of a queuing
system. The main components of a queuing system
[1] Ch. 6
p. 284- 294
ANALYSIS OF THE BASIC QUEUING SYSTEMS
Poisson-Exponential model characteristics arrival rate. Service time. Lab.
Calculating the frequency distribution of arrivals with Excel
[1] Ch. 6
p. 295- 298
14 SIMULATION
Introduction. General Overview of Simulation. Types of Simulation. Monte
Carlo Simulation.
[1] Ch. 7 p. 317- 319
GENERAL METHOD APPLIES TO CONTINUOUS IN SIMULATION
The Monte Carlo Methodology. The Tourest Information Center. Random
Numbers and Random Variables. Generating Random Variables.
Lab. Random number generation from a uniform Distribution using Excel
[1] Ch. 7
p. 327- 332
15 TIME INDEPENDENT DISCRETE SIMULATION
The Main steps of Time Independent Simulation. Marvin’s Service Station.
Solution by Simulation. Flow Diagram for Inventory Example
[1] Ch. 7
p. 332- 338
TIME DEPENDENT SIMULATION
Influence Diagram for Tourest Information Center. Simulation Analysis with
[1] Ch. 7
p. 339- 342
Discrete Distribution. Detailed Modeling Example
Lab. Simulation of Tourist Information center on MC Excel.
FINAL EXAM
Systems Modeling and Simulation
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour) Total
Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Labs and Tutorials 14 1 14
Assignment 4 4 16
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 15 15
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20
Final Exam 1 3 3
Individual or group work 14 6 84
Total Workload 210
Total Workload/30(hour) 210/30
ECTS Credit of the Course 7
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title MACHINE ELEMENTS IIB
Course unit code TECH 2106/IIB
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd year
Semester when the course unit is delivered
5th semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturers Rauf Malikov
Class information
Location: Room 1513
Time: Thursday 09.30- 10.05
Office hours: upon appointment
Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course description: This course aims to equip the students with the fundamentals of
these design activities and give them necessary skills to prepare complete, concise,
and accurate calculation steps for machine elements. This part of the course covers
analyses and design of design of reduction gears and variable-speed drives; study, analysis and design of machine parts such as shafts, clutches, couplings and bearings.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites
Co-requisites
TECH 2106/IIA
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or required
reading
Required Text:
1. Dobrovolsky V.A. Machine elements
2. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”,Second Edition, Tat
a McGraw-Hill Book Co, 2007. Additional materials for class discussions and lectures related to the theme will be
distributed in class
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) NA
Course contents:
1 Main types of reduction gears and variable-speed drives. Comparative estimation of reduction gears. Comparative estimation of variable-speed drives.
Chapter XXI
2 Design of reduction gears and variable-speed drives. Chapter XXI
3 Planetary reduction gears. Wave-Type toothed reduction gears. Reduction gears
motors.
Chapter XXI
4 Friction variable-speed drives. V-belt variable-speed drives. Chain variable-
speed drives.
Chapter XXI
5 Calculation of reduction gears. Calculation of variable-speed drives. Chapter XXI
6 Types and main characteristics of the parts. Elements for supporting revolving
parts. Connection of shafts and axis with hubs. Connection of shafts and axis.
Chapter XXII
7 Shafts. Design of shafts. Materials for shafts. Design of shaft-hub joints. Chapter XXIII
8 Midterm exam
9
Calculation of shafts. Kinds of failure in shafts and axis. Criteria of
calculations. Lab.work: Strength calculation of the shaft.
Chapter XXIII
10 Calculations for stiffness and oscillations. Lab.work: Calculation of joints by
engagement
Chapter XXIII
11 Couplings and clutches. Classification of couplings. Chapter XXIV
12 Sliding- contact bearings. Friction in bearing. Design of bearings and materials.
Calculation of radial bearings and thrust bearings.
Chapter XXV
13 Rolling-contact bearings. Calculation. Chapter XXVI
14 Selection of antifriction bearings. Selection of statically loaded
bearings.Selecting the bearings for service life.
Chapter XXVI
15 Design of bearing units. Chapter XXVI
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5
Individual or Group Work 14 2 28
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)
1 3 3
Homework 3 2 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 98
Total Workload/30(h) 3.2
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title METROLOGY LABORATORY
Course unit code TECH 3103
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd
year
Semester when the course unit is delivered
5thSemester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
2
Name of lecturers Rauf A.Mayilov
Class information Location: Room: 1642
Time: Tuesday, Wednesday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit Course Description
This course will acquaint you with the main principles of Electrical
Technology and Electronics systems. The purposes of this course are to
learn the basic techniques of electrical measurements, to practice essential
laboratory notebook and report preparation skills, and to reinforce the
concepts and circuit analysis techniques. There will be a little problem
solving, but the emphasis will be on the concepts
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able to :
• To carry out measurements of electric and non-electric
dimensions
• To grasp measuring mistake and to evaluate
• To select measuring draughts and measuring means for the energy
• technology and automatic control engineering and to carry out
measurements
• Electric-energetic nets, arrangements and processes
measuring-technically supervise
• Draughts and areas of application electric measuring
Technology Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional programme components
Recommended or
required reading
The Textbook:
1. Introductory Circuit Analysis. Robert L. Boylestad, Pearson; Eleventh
edition 2007
2. Introductory Electrical Engineering Laboratory - Robert C. Maher and
Duane T. Hickenbottom.
Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters.
Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and laboratory practices, discussion sessions, Software
commands for Excel
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 INTRODUCTION. VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
Introduction to metrology laboratory. A basic understanding of the
fundamental concepts of current and voltage.
[1] Ch.2
p.33- 59
2
BASIC LAB EQUIPMENT AND MEASUREMENTS
Basic measurement instruments include millimeters, AC signal generators, and DC
power supplies. (Labor didactic, measurement technique equipment)
[2] Lab #1
p. 1-1
3 OHM’S LAW, POWER, AND ENERGY
Ohm’s law and how to apply it to a variety of situations. Differences between power and energy levels.
[1] Ch.4 p. 101- 120
4
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MEASUREMENTS AND OHM’S LAW
Simple electrical circuits, resistors and voltage sources. Basic relationships of
electrical engineering, V=IR (Ohm's Law). Measurements of voltage, current and
resistance. Standard methods for presenting experimental measurements in both
tabular and graphical form. (Labor didactic, measurement technique equipment)
[2] Lab #2 p. 2-1
5
SERIES- PARALLEL CIRCUITS
Unique characteristics of series-parallel configurations and how to solve for the
voltage, current, or power to any individual element or combination of elements.
[1] Ch. 7
p. 243- 273
6 RESISTORS: SIMPLIFICATION OF SERIES AND
PARALLEL NETWORKS
Useful methods for simplifying electrical circuits and networks. Investigations of series and parallel combinations of resistors are used to show voltage and
current relationships. The concept of an equivalent circuit. (Labor didactic,
measurement technique equipment)
[2] Lab #5
p. 5-1
7 MAGNETIC CIRCUITS
Similarities between the analysis of magnetic circuits and electric circuits.
Develop a clear understanding of the important parameters of a magnetic circuit
and how to find each quantity for a variety of magnetic circuit configurations.
[1] Ch. 12 p.513- 531
8 MIDTERM
9 OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
The use of operational amplifiers as circuit building blocks. Basic properties of op amps are observed using simple resistive networks. A few of the practical
limitations of op amp integrated circuits. (Labor didactic, measurement technique
equipment)
[2] Lab #8
p.8-1
10 NETWORK THEOREMS
Theorem and its unique ability to separate the impact of each source on the quantity of interest. Thévenin’s theorem to reduce any two-terminal, series-parallel network
with any number of sources to a single voltage source and series resistor.Norton’s
theorem and how it can be used to reduce any two-terminal, seriesparallel network
with any number of sources to a single current source and a parallel resistor.
[1] Ch. 9
p. 345- 382
11
THEVENIN AND NORTON EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS
Simplify the analysis of a complicated circuit with an equivalent Norton or Thevenin circuit. This approach also is used to divide a circuit into linear and nonlinear parts.
The linear part can be simplified to a single voltage/current source and an equivalent
resistance. (Labor didactic, measurement technique equipment)
[2] Lab #10
p.10-2
12 POWER
Differences between average, apparent, and reactive power and calculation each for any combination of resistive and reactive elements. Energy dissipated by a load is
the area under the power curve for the period of time of interest.
[1] Ch. 19 p. 835- 861
13 POWER RELATIONSHIPS IN SIMPLE CIRCUITS
Relationships between the power supplied by sources in a circuit and the power
delivered to other circuit elements. Concept of maximum power transfer and
other power calculations in simple resistive circuits.(Labordidactic, measurementtechniqueequipment)
[2] Lab #12 p. 12-1
14 INDUCTORS
Basic construction of an inductor, the factors that affect the strength of the
magnetic field established by the element, and how to read the nameplate data.
Impact of combining inductors in series or parallel.
[1] Ch. 11
p. 461- 499
15 RL AND RC CIRCUITS
Basic RL and RC circuits. The output of any R, L, and C circuit can be
analyzed to determine both the steady-state (forced) output and the transient
(natural) response for any given input. Analysis and construction of simple
RL and RC circuits. (Labor didactic, measurement technique equipment)
[2] Lab #13
p.13-1
FINAL EXAM
Metrology Laboratory
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 3 3
Individual or Group Work 3 1 3
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 2 2
Homework 2 1 2
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 4 4
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 61
Total Workload/30(h) 2
ECTS Credit of the Course 2
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title JOINING AND FORMING
Course unit code TECH-3104
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd year
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
6th Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturers Sayami Huseynov
Class information
Location: Room: Time: Tuesday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description: This course aims to provide students theoretical background and understanding of the
depth of the field of manufacturing methods and strong interrelationships between
manufacturing methods, product design and material properties. The course will introduce traditional manufacturing processes as metal forming, machining and
joining. It will also discuss fundamentals of materials, engineering materials,
mechanical testing of engineering materials, and physical properties of materials.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able to:
• Understand the role of joining and forming processes and remember other
courses.
• Perform force and power calculations for manufacturing processes.
• Select a suitable process (or sequence of processes) for the manufacture of a
given component.
• Understand in depth the sheet – metal processes and their formation
mechanism.
• Understand the cutting parameters and working condition during cutting.
• Choose the proper process for different joining cases.
• Suggest changes in component design for the improvement of
manufacturability.
• Understand the role of computers and special software within a production.
• Design the production of a mechanical component or a specific product using
the manufacturing processes of bulk deformation, sheet-metal forming,
material removal and Joining.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or required
reading
The Textbook: J T. Black, Ronald A. Kohser, Materials and Processes in
Manufacturing. Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.;
Tenth edition, 2007
Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
The material is mostly presented by lectures although demonstration of some joining
and forming methods. Student evaluation is based on assignments or mini projects, tests and final exam. A description is given at the beginning of the course in order for
the students to get enough information on the making breakdown, assignment
instructions.
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 FUNDAMENTALS OF METAL FORMING
Forming Processes: Independent Variables; Dependent Variables; Friction and Lubrication under Metalworking Conditions; Temperature Concerns.
Chapter 15
(Textbook)
2
MACHINING
Energy and Power in Machining; Orthogonal Machining; Mechanics of Machining.
Chapter 20
(Textbook)
3 BULK FORMING PROCESSES
Bulk Deformation Processes; Rolling; Forging; Extrusion; Wire, Rod, and Tube Drawing; Cold Forming, Cold Forging, and Impact Extrusion; Piercing.
Chapter 16
(Textbook)
4
SHEET-FORMING PROCESSES
Shearing Operations; Bending; Drawing and Stretching Processes; Alternative Methods of Producing Sheet-Type Products; Pipe Welding.
Chapter 17
(Textbook)
5
CUTTING TOOLS FOR MACHINING
Cutting-Tool Materials; Tool Coating Processes; Tool Failure and Tool Life; Flank Wear; Cutting Fluids.
Chapter 21
(Textbook)
6 TURNING AND BORING PROCESSES
Fundamentals of Turning, Boring, and Facing Turning; Lathe Design and Terminology; Cutting Tools for Lathes.
Chapter 22
(Textbook)
7 MILLING
Fundamentals of Milling Processes; Milling Tools and Cutters; Machines for Milling.
Chapter 24
(Textbook)
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 ABRASIVE MACHINING PROCESSES
Abrasives; Grinding Wheel Structure and Grade; Grinding Wheel Identification;
Grinding Machines; Honing; Superfinishing; Free Abrasives.
Chapter 28
(Textbook)
10 THREAD AND GEAR MANUFACTURING
Thread Making; Internal Thread Cutting–Tapping; Thread Milling; Thread
Grinding; Thread Rolling; Gear Making; Gear Types; Gear Manufacturing;
Machining of Gears; Gear Finishing; Gear Inspection.
Chapter 29
(Textbook)
11
FUNDAMENTALS OF JOINING
Introduction to Consolidation Processes; Classification of Welding and Thermal
Cutting Processes; Types of Fusion Welds and Types of Joints; Heat Effects; Weldability or Joinability.
Chapter 30 (Textbook)
12 ADHESIVE BONDING, MECHANICAL FASTENING, AND JOINING OF
NONMETALS
Adhesive Bonding; Mechanical Fastening; Joining of Plastics; Joining of Ceramics
and Glass; Joining of Composites.
Chapter 34
(Textbook)
13 RESISTANCE AND SOLID-STATE WELDING PROCESSES
Theory of Resistance Welding; Resistance Welding; Advantages and Limitations
of Resistance Welding; Solid-State Welding Processes.
Chapter 32
(Textbook)
14 GAS FLAME AND ARC PROCESSES
Oxyfuel-Gas Welding; Oxygen Torch Cutting; Flame Straightening; Arc Welding;
Consumable-Electrode Arc Welding; Nonconsumable-Electrode Arc Welding;
Welding Equipment; Arc Cutting; Metallurgical and Heat Effects in Thermal Cutting.
Chapter 31
(Textbook)
15 SURFACE ENGINEERING
Mechanical Cleaning and Finishing, Blast Cleaning; Chemical Cleaning; Coatings; Vaporized Metal Coatings; Clad Materials; Textured Surfaces; Coil-Coated; Edge
Finishing and Burrs; Surface Integrity.
Chapter 35
(Textbook)
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8
Individual or Group Work 5 3 15
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)
1 5 5
Homework 3 2 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 91
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title PRODUCTION
Course unit code MGS 3101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd year
Semester when the
course unit is delivered
6th semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated
6
Name of lecturer Rauf Mayilov
Class information Location: Room: 1,5
Time: Thursday, Friday Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
It is intended through this course unit as an introduction to the field of production management. The field of production and dynamic and includes
many of the cases/functions that are responsible for planning and
coordinating the use of the organization’s resources to convert inputs into
outputs in production organizations This course provides review of the concepts of production management as they
apply both to manufacturing and to service industries. The operations function
is a primary business function which has a major effect on production, productivity and quality.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
• Bases of the production theory: Analysis of the input output
respect of productive systems;
• Identify the nature and scope of production, marketing management,
and how production relates with other units of the organization.
• Understanding the importance of the operations function relative to the goals of a business organization.
• Discuss productivity, competitiveness and strategy and their vital
importance to business organizations.
• Identify the importance of effective decision making for production managers
• The importance of design of production systems and quantifying reliability.
• Explain the concepts of product planning and process design for
both
• manufacturing and service industries
• Implement the steps in the production planning process and make a plan that works
• Distinguish the importance of quality concept and the
Philosophies of Total Quality Management (TQM).
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Microsoft Excel
Recommended or
required reading
The Textbooks
1. Production / Operations Management ,William J. Stevenson, 11th
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2014.
2. Kotler, Phillip, Marketing Management: The Millennium Edition (10th
ed.), Prentice-Hall, Inc.2000
Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered
in printed forms.
Planned learning
activities and teaching
methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback
and presentation sessions, discussion sessions, Software commands for
Excel
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 INTRODUCTION.
The Field of Production Management;; Designing and operating Production
Systems; Manufacturing operations versus services operations
Chapter 1
(Textbook )
2
PRODUCTICTY, COMPETATIVNESS AND STRATEGY
Factors that affect productivity. Strategies, tactics, time based strategies
Operations strategies in manufacturing and in services;
LAB: Defining production management and describe its role in both
manufacturing and service production. Instructions-Software commands for
Excel
Chapter 2
(Textbook)
3 QUALITY MANAGEMENT.
Dimensions of quality, determinants of quality. Modern quality
management, total quality management .
Lab. Explain Modern quality management methods and Total Quality
Management , the forecasting process, qualitative approaches using
Microsoft Excel.
Chapter 3
(Textbook)
4
RELIABILITY
Quantifying reliability, reliability of products and services. improving
reliability, availability
Chapter 4
(Textbook)
5
PROCESS SELECTION AND CAPACITY PLANNING
Types of processing. Match the process and product. Impotence of capacity
decisions , determinants of effective capacity
Lab. Determining the concepts of process selection and effective capacity
planning for manufacturing and service industries using Microsoft Excel
Chapter 5
(Textbook)
6 FACILITIES LAYOUTS
Basic layouts types, designing product layout line, designing process layouts,
minimizing transportation costs or distances
Lab. Describing the methodology to develop a process product layout line and
designing process layouts for product and service manufacturing using Microsoft
Excel
Chapter 6
(Textbook)
7 DESIGN OF WORK SYSTEMS
Operation strategy, job design, specialization, work measurement and work
sampling
Chapter 7
(Textbook)
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 LOCATION PLANNING
The need and nature of location decision. Factors that affect location ,
evaluating location alternatives. The transportation model.
Chapter 8
(Textbook)
10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Inspection, statistical process control, control charts, process capability,
capability analyses and operation strategy
Chapter 9
(Textbook)
11
FORECASTING
Steps in forecasting process, approaches of forecasting process, associative
forecasting techniques. Accuracy and control of forecasting.
Chapter 10 (Textbook)
12 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
The nature and impotence of inventory management, independent versus
dependent demand; requirements for effective inventory management, economic
order quantity models.
Lab. Requirements for effective inventory management; Discussing the importance of inventory to operations managers, characterizing independent
and dependent demand.
Chapter11
(Textbook)
13 AGGREGATIVE PLANNING
The purpose and scope of aggregative planning, techniques for
aggregative planning ,disaggregating of aggregative planning
Chapter 12
(Textbook)
14 MATERIAL REQUIREMENT PLANNING
Material requirement planning inputs processing and outputs. Capacity
requirements planning. Benefits and requirement of planning.
Determining the concepts of material requirement planning inputs processing
and outputs. Selection effective capacity requirements planning for
manufacturing and service industries using Microsoft Excel
Chapter 13 (Textbook)
15 SCEDULING
Scheduling manufacturing operations, scheduling in low-volume
systems, scheduling service operations.
Chapter 15 (Textbook
FINAL EXAM
Production
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 13 13
Individual or Group Work 14 5 70
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation) 1 10 10
Homework 3 3 9
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 18 18
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 181
Total Workload/30(h) 6
ECTS Credit of the Course 6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title EQUIPMENT LABORATORY
Course unit code TECH 3105
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
6th semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
2
Name of lecturer Telman Askeraliyev
Class information Location: Room: 5
Time: Monday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
The course provides the students with practical knowledge concerning various testing
methods used in the industry for defining basic material characteristics. It also gives a deep insight into such aspects of engineering as structural optimization using CAD
software systems and the application of PLC (Programmable Logic Controllers) for
process design purposes.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After the completion of the course the students will be able to perform basic tests for
defining material properties. Safety procedures are the inextricable part of all parts of
the course and it is greatly emphasized throughout the laboratory sessions. Students will also learn the basic of PLC programming methods and will realize them during the
course using real equipment.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-requisites
None
Recommended
optional program
components
Microsoft Excel
Course contents
Unit
Topic
Content
Reference to textbook and
chapter(s)
1
Introduction to Laboratory Equipment– 1
Basic laboratory equipment, beakers, Graduated
cylinder, Erlenmeyer flask, reagent bottles, pipette,
pump
Ch.4 [1]
Lab: Creating Multiple graphs for laboratory reports
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
MHNpG dNnc
2
Introduction to Laboratory Equipment – 2
Digital balance, goggles, apron, hot plate
Lab: Creating Multiple graphs for laboratory reports
Case study:
Team Work: Company analysis
Ch.4 [1]
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
a2VHpCZrTQs
3
Laboratory Safety – 1
Risk assessment, control measures, Laboratory hygiene
Lab: Measurements for Manufacturing processes
Discussion: Case study: Careers in Industrial Engineering field
Team Work: Company analysis
Ch.7, [1] ,
www.yout.com/wat ch?v=qGJYb9FYlz
w
4
Laboratory Safety – 2
Hazard signs in the laboratory (general hazards,
open flame, clothing protection safety, eye safety)
Lab: Stress-strain relationship using Excel
spreadsheet
Team Work: Review of existing companies from Ergonomic point of view
Ch.7, [1]
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
5ZG-3THmF3Q
5
Structural Optimization in
the Design Process – 1
Drawing in Autocad, Exercise 1
Lab: Exercise in Excel. Creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. Stress-strain relationship in Advanced
level
Team Work:
http://www.mycads
ite.com/tutorials/le vel_1/introduction-
to-AutoCAD-
basics-1- 1.htm#relative
https://www.youtu
be.com/watch?v=
pNIvZyd5djQ
6
Structural Optimization in the Design Process – 2
Drawing in Autocad, Exercise 2 Lab:
Management of test data Team Work:
http://www.mycads
ite.com/tutorials/le vel_1/introduction-
to-AutoCAD-
basics-1- 1.htm#relative
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=y
bdUV0L1Hlo&list=
PL-
98VUSD_3rQ8bxl
K_WmIZ6tnfQqBK
9Kk&index=12
7
Structural Optimization in the Design Process – 3
Drawing in AutoCAD, Exercise 3 http://www.mycads ite.com/tutorials/le
vel_1/introduction-
to-AutoCAD-
basics-1- 1.htm#relative
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9
Programmable Logic Controller – 1
Definition of PLC, operating principles, programming languages in PLC, LD, FBD, SFC
Ch.1 [3]
10
Programmable Logic Controller – 2
Input, output, features Case
study: Cookie factory
Labs - 1: Programming the timer work principles using Zelio soft 2
Ch.4[3]
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
ozmt1jHM1lc
11
Programmable Logic Controller – 3
Procedures for starting a program, toolbar, simulation, ladder diagram, logic functions
Lab.: Programming the power supply to the device using Zelio soft 2
Ch.5 [3]
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
5N6vNlFEFBw
12
Material Characteristics. Optical Microscopy - 1
Minerals and propagation of light, Petrographic microscope, light, electromagnetic spectrum,
double refraction
Lab.: Managing test results in Microsoft Excel;
Ch.3, [2],
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
pNIvZyd5djQ
13
Material Characteristics. Optical Microscopy - 2
Polarizing light microscopy and key components, work principles, index of
refraction, relief, features
Team Work: Discussion of the issues related to the final part of the project
Lab.: material test data analysis in Microsoft Excel;
Ch.3, [2],
https://www.youtu
be.com/watch?v=
HdKKqg7VVi0
14
Metal Characterization - 1
Hardness, mechanical test, NDT, indenter,
Brinel hardness test and testing procedures,
Lab: Tensile test measurements
Ch.8, [2]
https://www.ncsu.e du/labwrite/res/gt/
gt-cul-home.html
15 Metal Characterization - Ch.8, [2]
2 Rockwell indentation hardness test and testing
procedures
Team Work: presenting the project s
Lab: Graphing tensile stress data in Microsoft Excel
https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=
XpH2oYgSAUo
FINAL EXAM
Recommended or
required readings
1. Laboratory Safety Manual, Environmental Health and Safety Department
University of Washington
2. Experimental techniques in materials and mechanics, C.
Suryanarayana,CRC Press 3. Programmable Logic Controllers Fourth Edition W. Bolton,
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, case studies, assignments, labs and exams
Language of instruction
English
Work placement –
Equipment Laboratory
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Labs and Tutorials 2 1 2
Assignment
Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes
Midterm Examination 1 2 2
Final Examination 1 3 3
Individual or group work 6 3 18
Total Workload 67
Total Workload/30(h) 2,2
ECTS Credit of the Course
2
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ECONOMICS I: MICROECONOMICS
Course unit code ECON 3101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit Fist cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd
year
Semester when the course unit is delivered
6th
Semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated 6
Name of lecturer
Nasrin Babanli
Class information
Location:
Time: Tuesday, Thursday
Office hours: upon appointment
Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
This course provides review of the concepts and a solid grounding in microeconomics. The class gives an overview of “thinking like an economist” and as
such provides a strong foundation in economic thought and not only microeconomics
as a sub-field. Distinguished perspectives from mainstream economics are also
introduced throughout the course in order to give the student an insightful perspective to understand and critique contemporary debates over economic policy
and to provide an understanding of these differing views of societal economic
organization and the welfare and political philosophy perspectives of these differing views.
One of the main objectives of the course is to provide a thorough introduction to
economic theory. Starting from the basic ideas of tradeoffs, opportunity cost, and the
benefits of trade, consumer behavior we will study how the market forces of supply
and demand cause prices to be what they currently are. We will see the sense in which market economies are efficient, and the way governments can make our economy less
or more efficient. We will investigate the supply curve to see how firms choose their
production levels to maximize profits, culminating in the model of perfect competition. The course will also discuss types of imperfect competition such as monopoly and
oligopoly.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing Microeconomics, students should be able to :
• Think intuitively about economic problems.
• Identify how individual economic agents make rational choices given the
scarcity of resources and will know how to optimize the use of resources at hand.
• Understand some simplistic economic models related to production, trade, and circular flow of resources.
• Analyze and apply the mechanics of demand and supply for households, firms and the market.
• Apply the concept of marginal analysis In order to make optimal choices
and identify whether the choices are “efficient” or “equitable”.
• Apply the concept of elasticity as a measure of responsiveness to
different variables.
• Identify the characteristic differences between various market structures
such as perfectly competitive markets, non-competitive markets and
imperfectly competitive markets and understand the differences among
them.
• Understand how the demand and supply technique works for the
resource markets.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites ECON 1101
Recommended optional
programme components Microsoft Excel
Recommended or required reading
Required:
Core textbook: Mankiw, N. G., (2012), “Principles of Microeconomics”, 6th
edition, South-Western CENGAGE Learning
Additional reading: Colander, C. D., (2013), “Microeconomics”, 9th
edition, McGraw-Hill/Irwin
Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions, Software commands for Excel
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1
TEN PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
How people make decisions; How People Interact; How economy works as a
whole
Chapter 1
(Textbook)
2
THINKING LIKE AN ECONOMIST
The economist as scientist; The economist as policy adviser; Why
economists disagree
Chapter 2 (Textbook)
3
INTERDEPENDENCE AND THE GAINS FROM TRADE
A parable for the modern economy; Comparative advantage: the driving force of specialization; Applications of comparative advantage
THE MARKET FORCES OF SUPPLY AND DEMAND
Markets and competition; Demand; Supply; Supply and demand together; How
prices allocate resources
Chapter 3 (Textbook)
Chapter 4
(Textbook)
4
ELASTICITY AND ITS ALLOCATION
The elasticity of Demand; The elasticity of Supply; Three applications of
supply, demand and elasticity
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
Chapter 5
(Textbook)
5
SUPPLY, DEMAND AND GOVERNMENT POLICY
Control on Prices
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
CONSUMERS, PRODUCERS AND THE EFFICIENCY OF MARKETS
Consumer surplus; Producer Surplus; Market Efficiency; Market Efficiency and
Market Failure
Quiz
Chapter 6
(Textbook)
Chapter 7
(Textbook)
6 APPLICATION: THE COSTS OF TAXATION Chapter 8
(Textbook)
The deadweight loss of taxation; The determinants of the deadweight loss;
Deadweight loss and tax revenue as taxes vary
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
Group Presentations
APPLICATION: INTERNATIONAL TRADE
The determinants of trade; The winners and losers from trade; The
arguments for restricting trade
Group Presentations
Chapter 9
(Textbook)
7 MIDTERM EXAM
8
EXTERNALITIES
Externalities and Market Inefficiency; Public policies toward externalities;
Private solutions to externalities
PUBLIC GOODS AND COMMON RESOURCES
The different kinds of goods; Public goods; Common resources; The
importance of property rights
Chapter 10 (Textbook)
Chapter 11 (Textbook)
9
THE DESIGN OF THE TAX SYSTEM
Taxes and efficiency; Taxes and Equity; The tradeoff between equity and
efficiency
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
THE COSTS OF PRODUCTION
What are Costs?; Production and costs; The various measures of cost; Costs
in the short run and in the long run
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
Chapter 12 (Textbook)
Chapter 13
(Textbook)
10
FIRMS IN COMPETITIVE MARKETS
What is Competitive Market?; Profit Maximization and the Competitive
Firm’s Supply Curve; The supply curve in a competitive market
Chapter 14 (Textbook)
MONOPOLY
Why monopolies arise?; How monopolies make production and pricing
decisions; The welfare cost of monopolies; Price discrimination; Public policy
toward monopolies; The prevalence of monopolies
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
Chapter 15 (Textbook)
11
MONOPOLISTIC COMPETITION
Between Monopoly and perfect competition; Competition with differentiated
products; Advertising
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
Chapter 16
(Textbook)
12
OLIGOPOLY
Markets with only a few sellers; The economics of cooperation; Public
policy toward oligopolies
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
THE MARKETS FOR THE FACTORS OF PRODUCTION
The demand for labor; The supply of labor; Equilibrium in labor market; The
other factors of production; Land and Capital
Chapter 17 (Textbook)
Chapter 18
(Textbook)
13
EARNINGS AND DISCRIMINATION
Some determinants of equilibrium wages; The economics of discrimination Quiz
Chapter 19
(Textbook)
14
INCOME INEQUALITY AND POVERTY
The measurement of inequality; The political philosophy of redistributing
income; Policies to reduce poverty
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning
THE THEORY OF CONSUMER CHOICE
The budget constraint: What the consumer can afford; Preferences: What the
consumer wants; Optimization: What the consumer chooses; Three applications
Chapter 20
(Textbook)
Chapter 21
(Textbook)
Group Presentations
15
FRONTIERS OF MICROECONOMICS
Asymmetric Information; Political Economy; Behavioral Economics
Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning Group
Presentations
Chapter 22 (Textbook)
FINAL EXAM
Microeconomics
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration (hour) Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Assignment/Case studies 10 1 10
Project/Presentation/Report 1 10 10
Quizzes 2 2 4
Preparation for the
Midterm Examination 1 10 10
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Preparation for the Final
Examination 1 17 17
Final Exam 1 3 3
Individual or group work 14 6 84
Total Workload 182
Total Workload/30(h) 6
ECTS Credit of the Course 6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title MARKETING
Course unit code MK 3101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd
year
Semester/trimester when the course unit
is delivered
6th
semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
6
Name of lecturer Nigar Kerimli
Class information Time: Friday, 14.05-15.40
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
On successful completion of this course, all students will develop knowledge, understanding and skill in:
• Essentials of marketing, Evolution of marketing, Modern Marketing
Concept versus Societal Marketing Concept, Dynamic marketing
environment, Segmentation, targeting and positioning, Marketing
information systems, Buying behavior in consumer and business markets, Basic concepts of marketing, Process of developing marketing program,
• Understanding the environment that marketers should operate in,
• Developing appropriate target market strategies,
• Using information systems in decision making and conducting marketing
research,
• Influencing buyers’ buying process Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Recommended
optional programme
components
–
Course contents Unit
Topic
Content
Textbook(s)
and chapter(s)
1
Introduction
a) What is Marketing?
b) Understand the Marketplace
and Customer Needs
c) Designing a Customer-Driven Marketing Strategy
1, Ch. 1,2
2
Marketing: Creating and
Capturing Customer Value
a) Building Customer
Relationships
b) Capturing Value from Customers
1, Ch. 3
c) The Changing Marketing
Lanscape
Class discussions
3
Analyzing the Marketing Environment
a) The Company’s Microenvironment
b) The Company’s Macroenvironment
c) The Demographic Marketing
Environment
d) The Economic Environment
a) Responding to the Marketing
Environment
1, Ch. 3-6
4
Managing Marketing Information to Gain
Customer Insights)
a) Market research, the need and the formsInformation systems increase the usefulness of data
b) Growing role of technology in
marketing research
c) Conducting a market
research project
d) Gathering and using information about competitors
1, Ch. 7
5
Consumer Markets and
Consumer Buyer Behavior
Quiz 1 (Units: 1,2,3,4,)
a) Model of Consumer Behavior
b) Characteristics Affecting
Consumer Behavior
c) Types of Buying Decision
Behavior
d) The Buyer Decision Process
e) The Buyer Decision Process
for New Products
Class discussions
1, Ch. 8
6
Business Market and Business Buyer
Behavior
a) Business Markets
b) Business Buyer Behavior
c) The Business Buying Process
d) E-Procurement: Buying on
the Internet
e) Institutional and Government
Markets
1, Chapter
15
7 Customer Driven Marketing Strategy:
Creating Value for
Target Customers
a) Customer-Driven Marketing
Strategy
b) Market Segmentation
c) Market Targeting
d) Differentiation and Positioning
1 Chapter 14
8 Marketing and Social
responsibility Quiz 2 (Units: 6,7)
Essay presentations 1, Chapters
20
9 Midterm examination
10
Market Segmentation and target markets
a) Segmenting Consumer
Markets
b) Segmenting Business Markets
c) Segmenting International Markets
1, Chapters 19
11
Marketing role in new marketing development and product decisions Quiz 3 (Units;
6,7,8,9,10)
Service Marketing
1, Chapter 9
12
Retailing and wholesaling
Marketing distribution and
channels
Class discussions
1, Chapter
13
13
Integrated Marketing Communications
a) Contemporary IMC Approach
b) Reasons for the Growing importance of IMC
c) IMC and Branding
1, Ch. 18
14 Personal Selling and sales management
Quiz 4 (Units;
11,12,13)
Pricing Strategy And
Determination
Essay Presentations
1, Ch.16
15 E-marketing E-marketing Strategies
Class discussions
1, Ch. 17
Final examination
Recommended or
required readings
Required readings:
1. Kotler, P,. and Armstrong, G., Principles of Marketing 15 Edition,
Pearson Education Limited, 2014
2. Kotler, P,. and Armstrong, G., Principles of Marketing 14 Edition, Pearson Education Limited, 2012
Optional readings:
2nd
Edition Marketing Best practices by K.Douglas Hoffman, Michael R.Czinkota
Planned learning
activities and
teaching methods
Classroom lectures and examples, Power point presentations, Assignments and
quizzes
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Marketing
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3
42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10
Individual or Group Work 15 5 75
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 15
15
Homework 3 3 9
Quiz 4 2 8
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 16 16
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 180
Total Workload/30(h) 6
ECTS Credit of the Course 6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title COST ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS
Course unit code ACCT 4101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 4th year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
7th
Semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
4
Name of lecturer Nigar Kerimli
Class information Time: Friday, 14.05-15.40
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed
knowledge and understanding of:
➢ The costs
➢ Different costing systems
➢ Relationship of cost accounting with financial and managerial accounting
➢ Use of accounting data for managerial decision making
On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed their
skills in:
➢ Understanding the elements of costs within the production environment
➢ Measuring and reporting financial and non-financial information relating
to the cost of acquiring or utilizing resources in an organization
➢ Classifying different costs as variable or fixed costs; product or period
costs; direct or indirect costs; and direct material, direct labor or factory
overhead costs
➢ Using such costing systems as job costing system, process costing system
and activity-based costing system to measure unit cost of different
products produced
On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed their
appreciation of and respect for values and attitudes regarding the issues of:
➢ Importance of different cost concepts
Application of different costing systems.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co- None
Requisites
Recommended
optional programme
components
–
Course contents
Uni t Topic
Content
Reference
to textbook
and
chapter(s)
1
Introduction to
Management
Accounting:
a) The users of accounting information.
b) Differences among cost accounting,
managerial accounting, and financial
accounting
c) The decision-making process
d) Functions of management accounting
1, Ch. 1
2
An Introduction to
Cost Terms and
Concepts:
a) Cost objects
b) Elements of product cost
c) Direct and indirect costs
d) Cost behavior
e) Product and period costs
f) Relevant and irrelevant costs
g) Avoidable and unavoidable
h) Sunk costs
i) Opportunity costs
j) Practice exercise:PE 20- 10A, PE 20-10B
1, Ch. 2
3
Cost Assignment:
a) Flow of costs in job costing system
b) Assignment of direct and indirect costs
c) Plantwide overhead rates
d) Departmental overhead rates
e) The two-stage cost allocation process
f) An illustration of the two- stage process for
a traditional costing system
g) Budgeted overhead rates
h) Applications of variations in normal
costing
i) Practice exercise: PE 17-3A, PE 17-3B
1, Ch. 3
4
Cost-Volume-Profit
(CVP) Analysis:
a) Uses of CVP analysis
b) Applying CVP analysis for a single
product
c) Constructing break-even, contribution, and
profit- volume graphs
d) Applying CVP analysis in a multi-product
setting
e) Using CVP analysis for profit and
production planning
f) Understanding operating leverage
Practice exercise:PE 19- 10A, PE 19-10B
1, Ch. 8
5
Activity-Based Costing
(ABC):
a) The emergence of ABC systems
b) Volume-based and non- volume based cost
drivers
c) A comparison of traditional and ABC
systems
d) Explaining why traditional costing systems
can provide misleading information for
decision making
e) Designing ABC systems
f) Activity hierarchies
g) ABC cost management applications
Practice exercise:PE 26-9A, PE 19-9B
1, Ch. 11
6
Cost Allocation: Theory
a) Pervasiveness of Cost Allocation
b) Reasons to Allocate Costs
c) Factor Price Understates Total Cost
2, Ch. 7
7
Cost Allocation:
Practice
a) Death Spiral
b) Direct Allocation Method
c) Step-Down Allocation Method d) Joint Costs
Practice exercise:PE26-2A, PE 26-2B
2, Ch. 8
8 Midterm examination
9
Absorption Cost
Systems
a) Job Order Costing
b) Overhead Rates
c) Over/Underabsorbed Overhead
d) Flexible Budgets to estimate
Overhead
e) Expected vs Normal Volume
Practice exercise:PE 20 -6A, PE 20-6B
2, Ch. 9
10
Criticism of Absorption
Cost Systems
a) Incentive to Overproduce
b) Variable/Direct Costing
c) Problems with Variable Costing d) Inaccurate Product Costs
e) Analyzing Activity-Based Costing
2, Ch.
10,11
11
Standard Costs: Direct
Labor and Materials
a) Reasons for Standard Costing
b) Setting and Revising Standards c) Target Costing
d) Direct Labor and Materials Variances
e) Risk Reduction and Standard Costs
Practice exercise:PE 26- 17A, PE 26-7B
2, Ch. 12
12
Overhead and
Marketing Variances
a) Budgeted, Standard and Actual Volume
b) Overhead Rate
c) Graphical Analysis
d) Price and Quantity Variances
e) Mix and Sales Variances
f) Practice exercise:PE 24- 3A, PE 24-3B
2, Ch. 13
13
Management
Accounting in a
Changing Environment
a) Business Strategy
b) Productivity
c) Total Quality Management (TQM)
d) Just-in-Time Production (JIT)
2, Ch. 14
Final Examination
Recommended or
required readings
Required readings:
1. Colin DRURY, Management & Cost Accounting, 9th
Edition. CENGAGE
Learning, 2015.
2. Jerold L. Zimmerman: “Accounting for Decision Making and Control”,
McGraw Hill Education, 8th
Edition, 2013 Optional readings:
3. Colin Drury: “Management & Cost Accounting”, 8th
Edition, Thomson
pub., Value Media Edition 2012
4. Financial and Managerial Accounting Using Excel for Success
By James Reeve, Carl S. Warren, Jonathan Duchac
Planned learning
activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Cost Accounting Systems
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Course duration in class 14 3
42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8
Individual or Group Work 14 3 42
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 8
8
Homework 3 3 9
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 124
Total Workload/30(h) 4.1
ECTS Credit of the Course 4
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTION AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
Course unit code MGS4101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 4th year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit is
delivered
7th Semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated
3
Name of lecturer Ilham Rustamov
Class information Location room 2
Time Monday 15.55-17.30 Friday 12.00 Office hours upon appointment
Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of
the course unit
Students will obtain in this course the knowledge in the field of international
production and investment management, especially in the context of international
relation. The filed relates with the continuously deepening globalization of the
international financial markets. The globalization contributes to offer new investment opportunities but also new risks for the investors.
Course Objective:
1.To introduce students to production process concepts and ideas.
2.To promote critical thinking in areas of investment management and policy. 3.To
understand the role of government in international production 4.To evaluate impact of policies on economy.
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able to: 1.Analyze investment process . 2.Describe causes and results of international Business Cycles.
3.Understand how the internationalization of economy has changed the outcom 4.Ability of international investment decisions at the international
capital markets
5.Ability to apply international portfolio theory and risk management in
international investment decisions
6.Knowledge of fund raising options in the international capital
markets
7.Knowledge of impact of the international monetary institutions on the
international capital flows
8.Understandhowexternaldevelopmentscanaffectdomesticeconomy.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co- requisites
None
Recommended optional programme
components
-
Course contents
Unit Topic Content Reference
totextbooka
ndchapters
1 Introductiontopr oduction -What is production
-concept of production, Transformation process
- Inputs andoutputs
1, Ch. 1
2 Historical evolutionofprodu ctionandoperatio nsmanagement
-The traditional view of manufacturing
management
- Adam Smith implementation, F.W. Taylor implementation -Objectives of production management
- Job shop production, batch production, mass production,
continuous production
1, Ch. 2 6, Ch. 2, pg.23
3 Productionmana gement -Schematic production system
-production system characteristics
-Classification of Production System
-controlling behavior models
-Aspectsofcustomerservice
1, Ch. 3 6, Ch. 2, pg.23
4 Supply chainmanageme
ntscm- logistics
- Importance SCM
- Phase of Supply chain management, Supply Chain Risk Analyses
Supply Chain mapoftheworld, Elements
processsupplychainmanagment
1, Ch. 5 6,Ch. 11, pg.316
5 Managing global operations -Managing global operations
-scope of production and operations
management -Product design, Process design
Exercises 1.Shown Excel opportunity for financial
functions
1, Ch. 3 6, Ch. 2, pg.23
6 Costandbenefita
nalysesofproduc tion
Investment Cost Maintenance
Cost Source of investment
ADSCR
Exercises 2. Defined Annual Debt Service Capacity
Ratio with Excel
Execsises3. Defined Optimal number production
using excel program
2, Ch. 5
7 Decision making strategy for
investment project
In base of NPV, EBIT and
IRR
Net Present Value
Earning before interest taxes Internal
rate ofreturn
Execsises4. How find NPV for using Excel Functions
Execsises5. Shown relation with NPV and price of
production. (excel)
2, Ch. 5
8 Presentatoin Every student must
topresentanybusinessproject.
9 MIDTERM EXAM
10 Global marketing -Global outsourcing
-Reasons for outsourcing
-labor costs
2, Ch. 8
11 Riskanalysis. Capital assetpricingmod el (capm)
- Risk and uncertainty
- Risk aversion Exescise6.Opportunityof
yahoo.finance.com/
Exescise7.how find “Beta“ coefficient for
international firms(yahoo.finance.com)
3, Ch. 13
12 Riskpremimum,
Markowithzeffici ent
international investments
Stock investments and stock markets: international stock markets, Execsises8.
ApplySensetiveanalysesforbusinessproject( excel)
3, Ch. 10
2, Ch. 8
13 Global outsourcing Outsourcungadvantagies 2, Ch. 8
14 International investments: Types of investments, Credit
management The decision to grant credit
risks on international stock markets Exescise9. Excel-
affect of“Betta“ to „Cost equity“
4, Ch. 29
15 Some alternative Investment
rules
Managerial perspectives Internal rate of return Profitability index
4, Ch. 6
FINAL EXAM
Recommended or required reading
Textbook and Readings
- Hill, Charles W., 2009. International
Business: Competing in the Global
-Essentials of Investments, by Bodie, Kane
and Marcus, 9th Edition (ISBN 978- 0-07-
803469-5);
-Eugene F. Brigham, Louis C. Gapenski,
Michael C. Ehrhardt: “Corporate Financial
Management”
-Stephen A.Ross, Randolph W Westerfield,
Corporate finance 6th edition
Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, reading material
from textbook, assignments, quizzes, exams.
Language of instruction
English
Work placement(s) -
International Production and Investment Management
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Labs and Tutorials
Assignment 1 1 1 Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes 1 1 1 Midterm Examination 1 2 2 Final Examination 1 3 3 Individual or group work 14 4 46 Total Workload 95 Total Workload/30(h) 3.1 ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title EXTERNAL ACCOUNTING
Course unit code ACCT 4102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 4th year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
7th
semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated
4
Name of lecturer Kerimli Nigar
Class information Time: Thursday, 14.05-15.40 Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
This course is structured to allow students to think critically about external accounting. It
focuses on past controversies and present resolutions. External accounting, as a function
of outside parties, relies on accurate reporting and understanding of quantitative models.
Upon completion, students will:
• Understand and remember key financial accounting foundation
concepts, terms, and relationships
• Know how to use the course content to research, analyze, and communicate solutions to business problems
• Be able to critically relate these topics to current events and their individual
experiences
• Understand the personal, professional, global, legal, social, and ethical implications of accounting
• Care about the accounting profession and understand the importance of
significant learning
• Know how to continue learning about accounting using the tools and techniques
acquired
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Recommended optional programme
components
–
Course contents Unit
Topic
Content
Reference to textbook
and
chapter(s)
1
Accounting in a broader
consistency
a) The conceptual frameworks
of accounting
b) The Statement of
Principles c) Accounting concepts 5,Practice Exercise: PE 1-
2A, PE 1-2B
1, Ch. 1
2
Accounting basics
a) Financial Statements and
Accounting Transactions
b) Accounting for Cash
Transactions
c) Making Adjusting Entries
for Otherwise Unrecorded items
5,Practice Exercise: PE 1-
3A, PE 1-3B
2, Ch. 2
3
Running bookkeeping with simple accounts
a) Understand Double-Entry
Bookkeeping
b) Chart of Accounts 5,Practice Exercise: PE 2-2A,
PE 2-2B
1, Ch. 3
4
Accruals and their
purpose
a) Revenue recognition
principle and matching principle
b) Difference between the
cash basis and the
accrual basis of
accounting c) Adjusting entries
d) Adjusted Trial balance
5,Practice Exercise: PE 3-
2A, PE2-2B
1, Ch. 4
5
Valuation problems in
connection with
accounting
a) Valuation Models
b) The Discounted Cash Flow Model
c) Accrual Accounting Models PE 1-7B
1, Ch. 5
6
Accounting in limited
liability companies
a) Liabilities Under LLP
b) Characteristics of a limited liability partnership
c) LLP v/s Corporation 5,Practice Exercise: PE
11-10A, PE -10B
3, Ch. 2
7
Shareholders’ equity in
different company forms a) The Nature of
Shareholders’ Equity
b) The Corporate Organization
4, Ch. 17
c) Fundamental Share
Rights d) The Concept of Par Value
e) Accounting for the
Issuance of Shares
f) Characteristics of
Retained Earnings
g) Stock dividends and splits 5,Practice Exercise: EX 1- 14,
EX 1-15
8
The annual report and its contents
a) Certification of the annual
report b) Auditor’s report
1, Ch. 8, 9
9 Midterm examination
10
Financial analysis and
cash flow analysis and
their conditions
a) Documents used in
financial analysis
b) Performing analyses with
financial ratios
5,Practice Exercise: PE 15-3A, PE
15- 3B
1, Ch. 10
11
Financing questions (banks,
ALMI, Nutek, SIC, Industry
Fond, benefits)
Financing questions (banks, ALMI, Nutek, SIC, Industry Fond, benefits)
1, Ch. 13
12
Insurance questions Company and responsibility insurances
1, Ch. 24
13
Basic concern accounting a) Going concern
Assumption b) Accounting Entity concept
c) Time period (Periodicity)
1, Ch. 25
14
Accounting for
Investments
a) The Equity Method of
Accounting for
Investments
b) Equity shares of companies
and methods of accounting
for investment
c) Equity method of
accoutning. What is it and
what are the criteria?
d) Prepare simple equity
method journal entries as
applied to an investor.
4, Ch. 1
How is financial reporting for the equity method
applied?
e) Cost and amortization expense
of the equity method.
Revenues and relationship with investor cost and
investee book value.
5,Practice Exercise: PE 13-
8A, PE 13- 8B
15
Consolidation of Financial Information
a) Why do businesses combine?
What methods are available?
b) Identify situations that will
benefit or need financial
information consolidation.
c) Types of business combinations
d) Aquisition method: what are
the valuation principles?
4, Ch. 2
Final exam
Recommended or
required readings
Required readings:
1. Advanced Accounting, 11/e , Joe B. Hoyle, University of Richmond
2. Fundamental Accounting Principles, 10th Canadian Edition,
Kermit D. Larson/Tilly Jensen/ Ray F. Carroll
3. Modern Advanced Accounting, 10/e E. John Larsen, University of
Southern California
4. Advanced Accounting, Hoyle, Schaefer, & Doupnik, 10e, Irwin McGraw Hill Publishing Company. ISBN: 0078136628 /
9780078136627
5. Financial and Managerial Accounting Using Excel for Success By
James Reeve, Carl S. Warren, Jonathan Duchac
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Project work 1 20 20
Assignment 2 2 4
Preparation for Final Exam 1 13 13
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10
Quizzes 3 2 6
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Final Exam 1 3 3
Self Study 10 2 20
Total Workload 120
Total Workload/30(h) 4
ECTS Credit of the Course 4
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
course unit title
ECONOMICS II: MACROECONOMICS
course unit code
ECON 4101
type of course unit
Compulsory
level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
year of study
4th year
semester/trimester when the course
unit is delivered
7th semester
number of ECTS credits allocated
6
name of lecturer
Samira Mammadova
class information
Location: Room:
Time: Monday, Friday
Office hours: upon appointment. Contact: [email protected]
learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
To further extend the study of macroeconomic theory at the
intermediate level by analysing business-cycle fluctuations in closed
and open economies. To extend the study of macroeconomic theory to the intermediate level. To analyse the classical and Keynesian
macroeconomic models, and their policy implications, in order to
provide a context for subsequent developments in modern macroeconomics associated with monetarism, new classical and new
Keynesian economics.
Course Objective: 1.To introduce students to intermediate macroeconomic concepts
and ideas.
2.To promote critical thinking in areas of macroeconomic theory and
policy. 3.To understand macroeconomic variables and interpret them.
4.To understand the role of government in economy.
5.To evaluate impact of policies on economy.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will be able to understand how employment, output,
interest rate and the price level are determined in the classical model
Students will be able to understand the origin of economic growth in
the short run and in the long run Students will be able to understand the effects of fiscal and monetary
policies
Students will be able to understand the effects of fiscal and monetary policies under different exchange-rate regimes
mode of delivery Face-to-face
prerequisites and co-requisites ECON 3101
recommended optional programme
components
Microsoft Excel
recommended or required reading 1. The Textbook: Economics (BUSINESS REVIEW BOOKS)
Third Edition, Walter J. Wessels 2. The Textbook: Economics: Principles, Problems & Policies
(McGraw-Hill Series in Economics) XXI Edition,
McConnell, Brue and Flynn 3. IB Skills and Practice / Economics (Oxford University
press), Constantine Ziogas
Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, case study discussions and brainstorming, reading material
from e-book, quizzes, presentations, exams.
language of instruction
English
course contents:
1 The level of macroeconomic activity
• Explain, using a diagram, the circular flow of income between households and
firms in a closed economy with no government.
• Identify the four factors of production and their respective payments (rent,
wages, interest and profit) and explain that these constitute the income flow in the model.
• Outline that the income flow is numerically equivalent to the expenditure flow
and the value of output flow.
• Explain how the size of the circular flow will change depending on the relative
size of injections and leakages.
• Lab. Explain, using a diagram, the circular flow of income in an open economy with government and financial markets, referring to leakages/ withdrawals
(savings, taxes and import expenditure) and injections (investment, government
expenditure and export revenue).
Chapter 13
(Textbook)
2 National Income, its Production, Distribution and Allocation.
Distinguish between GDP and GNP/GNI as measures of economic activity. Distinguish between the nominal value of GDP and GNP/GNI and the real value of
GDP and GNP/GNI.
Distinguish between total GDP and GNP/GNI and per capita GDP and GNP/GNI. Examine the output approach, the income approach and the expenditure approach
when measuring national income.
Evaluate the use of national income statistics, including their use for making
comparisons over time, their use for making comparisons between countries and their use for making conclusions about standards of living.
Explain the meaning and significance of “green GDP”, a measure of GDP that
accounts for environmental destruction. Lab. Calculate nominal GDP from sets of national income data, using the
expenditure approach. Calculate GNP/GNI from data . Calculate real GDP,
using a price deflator.
Chapter 13
pp.101[3]
3
Inflation, its causes and effects.
Discuss the possible consequences of a high inflation rate, including greater
uncertainty, redistributive effects, less saving, and the damage to export competitiveness.
Chapter 6 [1]
(Textbook)
Discuss the possible consequences of deflation, including high levels of cyclical
unemployment and bankruptcies.
Explain, using a diagram, that demand-pull inflation is caused by changes in the determinants of AD, resulting in an increase in AD.
Explain, using a diagram, that cost-push inflation is caused by an increase in the
costs of factors of production, resulting in a decrease in SRAS. Lab. Discuss, using a short-run Phillips curve diagram, the view that there is a
possible trade-off between the unemployment rate and the inflation rate in the
short run.
pp.119[3]
4
Unemployment: natural rate of unemployment its causes and characteristics.
Discuss possible economic consequences of unemployment, including a loss of
GDP, loss of tax revenue, increased cost of unemployment benefits, loss of income for individuals, and greater disparities in the distribution of income.
Discuss possible personal and social consequences of unemployment, including
increased crime rates, increased stress levels, increased indebtedness, homelessness and family breakdown
Lab. Describe, using examples, the meaning of frictional, structural, seasonal and
cyclical unemployment.
Chapter 13
(Textbook)
pp. 116[3]
5
Economic growth
The meaning of Growth. Human capital. Physical capital.
Research and Development. The Rule of Law.
How Economic Policy Affects Growth. The Downsides to Economic Growth. Lab. Explain the long-term growth trend in the business cycle diagram as the
potential output of the economy.
Chapter 19[1]
(Textbook)
pp. 104[3]
6 Introduction to Economic Fluctuations: Aggregate Demand and Supply in the
short and long run.
The meaning of aggregate demand. The AD curve. Explain why the AD curve
has a negative slope. The components of AD. The components of AD.
The meaning of aggregate supply. Alternative views of aggregate supply. Shifting the aggregate supply curve over the long term. Short-run
equilibrium.
Chapter 14
(Textbook)
pp. 114[3]
7 MIDTERM EXAM
8 Aggregate Supply and the Short-Run Trade-off Between Inflation and Unemployment.
Equilibrium in the monetarist/new classical model. Equilibrium in the Keynesian model.
The Inflation-Unemployment Trade-Off.
Lab. Use the multiplier to calculate the effect on GDP of a change in an injection in investment, government spending or exports.
Chapter 16
(Textbook)
pp. 114[3]
9 Consumption, Saving, and Investment.
Consumption Function. Investment Function. Shifts in Investment.
Determinants of Consumption.
Determinants of Investment.
Chapter 9[1]
(Textbook)
Factors Shifting the Total Spending Curve.
The Keynesian Model.
Lab. Determining the change in Real GDP by autonomous increase of spending
pp.154[1]
10 Equity in the distribution of income.
The meaning of equity in the distribution of income. Indicators of income equality/inequality.
Poverty. The role of taxation in promoting equity.
Other measures to promote equity. The relationship between equity and efficiency. Lab. Calculate the marginal rate of tax and the average rate of tax from a set of data.
Chapter 20
(Textbook)
11
The Effect of Spending and Taxation Types of Fiscal Policy.
The Effect of Spending.
The Effect of Taxation Fiscal policy and short-term demand management.
Limits of an Active Fiscal Policy.
Lab. Explain the mechanism through which contractionary fiscal policy can help
an economy close an inflationary gap.
Chapter 11[1] (Textbook)
pp. 129[3]
12 The supply of money
Interest rate determination and the role of a central bank. Measuring Money. Balance sheets and Banks.
Money Creation. Taylor’s Rule.
Lab. Explain that central banks are usually made responsible for interest rates and exchange rates in order to achieve macroeconomic objectives.
Chapter 12[1]
(Textbook)
pp.131[3]
13 Money and Aggregate Demand The Quantity Theory of Money.
The Long-run Neutrality of Money.
The Short-run Effects of Money: The Monetarist Model
Keynesian Model of the Short-run effects of Money. Lab. Construct a diagram to show the potential effects of tight (contractionary)
monetary policy, outlining the importance of the shape of the aggregate supply
curve.
Chapter 13[1] (Textbook)
pp. 133[3]
14
Development economics
Economic growth and economic development. Common characteristics of economically less developed countries.
Diversity among economically less developed nations.
Measuring development. Domestic factors and economic development. Lab. Compare and contrast the GDP per capita figures and the GNI per capita
figures for economically more developed countries and economically less
developed countries.
Chapter 27
(Textbook)
pp.176[3]
15 International trade and development.
International development goals
Foreign direct investment and economic development. Advantages and disadvantages of FDI for economically less developed countries.
Lab. Explain the reasons why MNCs expand into economically less developed
countries.
Chapter 30
pp.186[3]
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 15 15
Individual or Group Work 14 4 56
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 2 10 20
Preparation for quizes 2 7 14
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 28 28
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 180
Total Workload/30(h) 6
ECTS Credit of the Course 6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title FINAL EXAMINATION MODULE
Course unit code ACCF 4101
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 4th year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit is delivered
7th semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
1
Name of lecturers
Mirzoyev Yalchin Kerimli Nigar
Class information Time:
Contact: [email protected]
[email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of
the course unit
Course description:
This module is designed to provide the final examination and combines two
subjects, External Accounting and Cost Accounting Systems. External Accounting provides the link how an accounting may correspond to
information demands from the rest of the world in the best way. Internal
accounting information is to be critically analyzed and basing on this the effective outcome is provided to the external accounting information users, so the
knowledge of accurate reporting standards and quantitative models is too
important here. Cost Accounting Systems provide valuable information for management
planning and control. Organizations rely on accurate cost information to decide
on which products to keep and which products to discontinue, for assessing
productivity improvements and for performance evaluation and control. Tracing various resource costs accurately to products has become increasingly important
as product margins are squeezed. Students are provided with an understanding
and appreciation of the strengths and limitations of an organization’s accounting system, so allowing them to be more intelligent users of these systems. They are
given a framework for thinking about accounting systems and a basis for
analyzing proposed changes to these systems.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of the module, students should be able to:
Develop appropriate financial and non-financial performance measures for
effective planning, evaluation and control of organizations’ business
processes;
Understand key Accounting foundation concepts, approaches, terms, and
relationships;
Have skills to develop the most part of accounting reports responding to the
International Financial Reporting Standards;
Evaluate the appropriateness of alternative costing systems and methods by
considering the unique context of specific product and service organizations;
Structure and model business problems to evaluate alternatives, conduct
sensitivity analysis on assumptions, and analyze outcomes to determine
causes of variances.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites Co-requisites
ACCT 1101, ACCT 2101 ACCT 4101, ACCT 4102
Recommended
optional programme
components
–
Recommended or
required readings
Readings:
1. Joe B. Hoyle: “Advanced Accounting”, 11th Edition, University of Richmond,
2012.
2. Joe Ben Hoyle, Thomas Schaefer, Timothy Doupnik: “Advanced Accounting”,
10th Edition, McGraw-Hill/Irwin pub., 2010.
3. Connolly C.: “International Financial Accounting and Reporting”, 5th Edition,
2015.
4. Charles T. Horngren, Srikant M. Datar, Madhav V. Rajan: “Cost Accounting: A
Managerial Emphasis”, 14th Edition, Prentice Hall pub., 2011.
5. Jerold L. Zimmerman: “Accounting for Decision Making and Control”, McGraw-
Hill Education, 8th Edition, 2013
6. Colin Drury: “Management & Cost Accounting”, 8th Edition, Cengage India pub.,
2014.
7. Berk, DeMarzo, Harford: “Fundamentals of Corporate Finance”, 2nd Edition,
2012. Its online source:
http://197.14.51.10:81/pmb/GESTION2/FINANCE/fondamental%20of%20corpor
ate%20finance.pdf.
Planned learning
activities and teaching methods
Final exam
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Final Examination Module
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number
Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 1 14
Preparation for Exams 14 1 14
Individual or Group Work 2 1 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and
presentation)
Homework 2 1 2
Total Workload 32
Total Workload/30(h) 1
ECTS Credit of the Course
1
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title QUALITY ENGINEERING
Course unit code MGS 4102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 4th
year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
8th
semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
6
Name of lecturer Telman Askeraliyev
Class information Location:
Time: Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Course Description
The purpose of the course is to make an introduction and lay the foundations of modern methods of statistical quality control and improvements that are used in the
manufacturing and service industries. The course also introduces basics of experimental
design in determining quality products and reliability models. The students will first be
introduced to some of the philosophies of quality control experts and their impact on quality. After a quick review of normal probability distribution, a few graphical
methods used to monitor quality improvement will be given. Control charts for
variables and attributes will be given with examples. Acceptance sampling plans for variables and attributes are to follow. Principles of design of experiments along with
Taguchi method will be presented. Finally reliability of systems like series, parallel,
series - parallel and parallel - series systems and their design will be discussed.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able:
• To create an improvement strategy for the work organization;
• To obtain an organizational vision, strategic objectives and a long-range plans;
• To recognize opportunities for implementing lean principles;
• Making use of process improvement techniques.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Recommended
programs
Microsoft Excel
Course contents
Unit
Topic
Content Reference to textbook and chapter(s)
1
Introduction to Quality Engineering– 1
Definition of Quality Engineering, quality in
life, historic perspective, Deming’s 14
Principles
Laboratory work: How to plot graphs.
Quality Control Chart
Ch.2, [1],
http://chemed.chem.purd
ue.edu/genchem/lab/dat areports/excel/plotting.ht
ml
2
Introduction to Quality
Engineering – 2
Taguchi method, Taguchi philosophy, Control chart, Quality management
system
Laboratory work: Quality Control Chart
Team Work: Company analysis
Ch.2, [1],
3
Statistical Quality Control – 1
Quality improvement and statistics,
Statistical process control, Basic
principles, Variability, SPC in TQM
Laboratory work: Gas Quality Control
Team Work: Company analysis
Ch.44, [1] ,
https://www.youtube.com
/watch?v=uGgd3iiQrUI
4
Statistical quality control – 2
Quality measures, SPC in service, Control
charts, Control chart attributes, Process
capability
Laboratory work: Deviation, Mean,
Variance using Excel spreadsheet
Team Work: Review of existing companies from Quality control
perspective
Ch.44, [1]
https://www.youtube.com
/watch?v=efdRmGqCYB k
5
Statistical process control – 1
Definition of SPC, Control chart behavior,
application of control charts, variability
Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet.
Process Control Chart
Ch.4, [1]
https://www.youtube.com
/watch?v=v2GjYVKS_F8
6
Statistical process control
– 2
Common causes, special causes, assignable causes, frequency distribution
case study (distributions and their types)
Team Work: Review of existing companies from Ergonomic point of view;
Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet.
Process Control Chart
Ch.4, [1]
https://www.youtube.com /watch?v=ioZGumMpTAc
7 Acceptance Testing-1 Definition of testing, reliability, faults, Ch.19, [1],]
faults and their types
Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet. Process Control Chart. Advanced
https://www.youtube.com /watch?v=nEE4SvRd76g
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9
Acceptance testing – 2
Faults and errors, fault avoidance techniques, testing concepts, testing
planning
Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet.
Acceptance testing
Ch.19, [1]
https://www.youtube.com /watch?v=4lAvbp-yVs8
10
Systems Engineering – 1
Definition of systems engineering,
application of SE, basic needs of the
system, system requirement analysis
Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet.
Creating Normal Curve. Probability
Ch.25, [1]
https://www.youtube.com
/watch?v=hQHiG_cQiUE
11
Systems Engineering – 2
Types of the system, features, technical systems, design margins
Lab.: Energy system engineering
Ch.25, [1]
https://www.youtube.com
/watch?v=nESp1EAeTLY
12
Reliability– 1
Reliability and definition, liability, Basic
definitions of all important terms
concerning reliability study, failure rate
Lab.: Calculating Reliability in Excel
Ch.48, [1],
https://www.youtube.com
/watch?v=fq_LNTPgVF8
13
Reliability – 2
Failure distribution over product life, management of reliability
Team Work: Discussion of the issues related to the final part of the project
Lab.: Quality Management using Excel
Ch.48, [1],
https://www.youtube.com
/watch?v=N2ensNSDpH U
14
Quality Management - 1 8 management principles, quality system, quality assurance
Lab.: Quality management using Excel
Ch.14, [1] https://www.youtube.com /watch?v=i_XZzady-dQ
15
Quality Management - 2
Quality concepts, quality control vs.
quality assurance, objectives
Lab.: Quality management using Excel
Team Work: Discussion of the issues
related to the final part of the project
(safety trainings catered for the chosen field)
Ch.14, [1]
https://www.youtube.com
/watch?v=3VJVM7D_Eg
U
Recommended or
required readings
Textbook:
1. Juran's Quality Handbook: 5th (Fifth) Edition Hardcover – December 31, 1998
by Joseph M. Juran (Editor), A. Blanton Godfrey, A. Blanton Godfrey, A. Blanton Godfrey (Editor) Joseph M. Juran (Author)
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, case studies, assignments, labs and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Final exam
Quality Engineering
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42 Labs and Tutorials
Assignment 4 3 12 Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes 2 3 6 Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 7 7 Midterm Exam 1 2 2 Preparation for the Final Examination 1 10 10 Final Exam 1 3 3 Individual or group work 14 7 98 Total Workload 180 Total Workload/30(h) 6 ECTS Credit of the Course
6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title MANUFACTURING AND SERVICE SYSTEMS DESIGN PROJECT
Course unit code TECH 4101 Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 4rd year
Semester when the course unit is delivered
8th Semester
Number of ECTS credits allocated
8
Name of lecturers Malikov Rauf
Class information Location: Time: Office hours: upon appointment Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of the
course unit On successful completion of this course, students are expected to develop knowledge
and understanding of:
• Applying fundamental concepts, techniques and methodologies of IE to design a
complex industrial or service system
• The importance of familiarity with recent issues as related to practice of Industrial Engineering
• The relationships between various problems of different fields of IE
• Developing the ability to think critically
• Importance of conducting an independent research and integration of the findings
through a proper project team work by demonstrating involvement in and support
for team activities
• Importance of effective communication with team members, faculty and
professionals in the field
• Simulating and predicting the behavior of system design alternatives under various valid conditions
• The importance of standards in engineering and design
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites requisites
and co- None
Recommended optional programme components
General documentation and presentation packages MSWord, Excel, Power Point and internet browsers (e.g. Internet Explorer, Netscape), etc.
Recommended or required reading
1. Textbook: Niebel’s Methods, Standards, and Work Design (13th ed.). Freivalds, A. and Niebel, B. W. (2014)
2.MAE Design and Manufacturing Laboratory
https://mae.ufl.edu/designlab/motors/EML2322L%20Drive%20Wheel%20Mot or%20Torque%20Calculations.pdf
Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, project, laboratory works
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 Introduction to Manufacturing. Manufacturing processes and materials. [1] Chapter 1
Applying fundamental concepts, techniques and methodologies of IE to design a complex industrial or service system
2 Recent issues as related to practice of Industrial Engineering [1] Chapter 1
3 Relationships between various problems of different fields of IE [1] Chapter 2
4 Manufacturing systems Work design, Problem solving tools Operation Analysis
[1] Chapter 4,5
5 Motion study, Job evaluation. [1] Chapter 4,5
6 Time study, Performance rating. Allowances, Standard data [1] Chapter 4,5
7 Pre-determined time systems. Work sampling, Wage Payment. [1] Chapter 4,5
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Systems productivity. Today’s manufacturing environment [1] Chapter 15
10 Role of Industrial/Management Engineering professionals in manufacturing and service industries
[1] Chapter 17
11 The impact of IE/MANE solutions to industrial systems, in global, environmental and societal context
[1] Chapter 18
12 Laboratory work 1: Drive wheel motor torque calculations [2] Laboratory works notes
13 Laboratory work 2: Decision matrix example [2] Laboratory works notes
14 Laboratory work 3. Mechanical Power Transmission (Hub Design) [2] Laboratory works notes
15 Laboratory work 4: Drilling Speeds and Feeds [2] Laboratory works notes
FINAL EXAM
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration (hour)
Total Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 4 56
Lab works 14 1 14
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 14 14
Individual or Group Work 14 6 84
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation) 1 15 15
Homework 9 3 27
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 25 25
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 240
Total Workload/30 (h) 8
ECTS Credit of the Course 8
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INDUSTRIAL PRACTICE
Course unit code TECH 4102
Type of course unit Compulsory
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 4th
year
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
8th
semester
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
7
Name of lecturer Jabiyeva Aynur
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Within the scope of the company's possibilities, students acquire in-depth overview of
technical, organizational, economic and international aspects in industrial operations. At
the same time they get knowledge on the social side of the work process. Students have
to pass seven weeks of industrial practice and are to be actively involved in the processes within the industry.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Course contents
Duration in
Content
Grundpraktikum BSc (min. 8 weeks in total)
Week 1 Week 2
Basic manual working with materials.
(e.g., scribing, filing, chiseling, sawing, drilling, grating, sinking, tapping,
straightening, bending, riveting, sharpening, hand forging).
Week 3
Week 4
Working with forming machines.
(cutting, turning, planing, milling, grinding, honing, lapping, spinning, cold
forming and thermoforming, drawing, deep drawing, bending, rolling,
pressing, drop forging).
Week 5 Week 6
Bonding techniques, such as welding and assembly, as well as heat
treatment and surface treatment processes.
(gas welding and hand arc welding, firing and plasma cutting, start-up and
repairing of machines and equipment, installation in single and serial
production of machines, vehicles, apparatus and equipment, riveting and
screwing, hardening and tempering, electroplating).
Week 7 Foundry (metal) or plastic processing, if possible with model on mold
Week 8 making.
(teaching to dry and wet molding processes, core-making in the machine
tool shop, the hand-molding, plastic processing machines).
Week 9
Internship BSc (min. 7 weeks total)
1.Development and construction
(Eg test field, test benches, insight into the activities of the project, research, planning, development and design departments, etc.).
Week 10
2. Quality assurance
(Eg audit and control activities, quality management, audits, certification measures, etc.).
Week 11
3. Production planning and control, production scheduling
(Eg planning and control of material and labor input, examination of the appropriateness of the work process, etc.).
Week 12
4. Factory production planning
(Eg factory planning system, factory layout planning, site selection, use of
simulation technology, planning instruments, modular manufacturing, restructuring, approval management, security technology, etc.).
Week 13
5. Materials, Logistics, Shopping
(Eg Timely procurement of materials and pre, review of quantity and quality, analysis of the procurement market, monitoring of material store, etc.).
Week 14
6. Organisation / DV, Human Resources
(Eg employees in business management and organizational problems, use of
computers for automation, human resources planning, management, job analysis and job evaluation, social services, etc.).
Week 15
7. Accounting, finance
(Eg involvement in ongoing control of the entire finance and accounting
(internal / external), activities relating to the cost types, cost and cost accounting).
Planned learning
activities and
teaching methods
Industrial placement
The guidelines for the implementation of the industrial internship are specified machine technology to the separate internship regulations of the department. About
the recognition of the industry internship and on credits praktikum- sentsprechender
activities acting at the request of / the chairman of prac- tikantenamtes.
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Industrial Practice
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number
Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 13 13
Individual Work 14 5 70
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Practice 5 4 20
Homework 14 3 42
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 18 18
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 210
Total Workload/30(h) 210/30
ECTS Credit of the Course
7
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial
Engineering
Course unit title BACHELOR'S THESIS Course unit code BW 4101 Type of course unit Compulsory Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor Year of study 4th year
Semester/trimester when
the course unit is delivered 8th semester
Number of ECTS credits
allocated 12
Class information Location: Room:
Time:
Office hours: Contact:
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Description:
The aim of the course is to develop the ability to conduct and report scientific
investigations by integrated and advanced independent work. The ability to make
scientific investigations includes the ability to discover possibilities, identify problems, collect relevant information, formulate problems, and solve them with
the aid of scientific methods. To do this, many skills are required, such as
methodological knowledge, the ability to think in terms of models – making
conscious and explicit simplifications – and the ability to recognize and treat problems from different perspectives. The ability to report scientific work means
being able to write lucid and interesting reports, as well as making oral
presentations. Both the work itself and how it is presented should be adapted to the problem and the user.
Learning outcomes: After completion of the course the student should be able to:
• understand different science-theoretical and methodological starting-points
• independently and critically examine different theoretical and empirical
phenomena • discover and handle problems and alternatives considering different perspectives
and methodological frames of reference
• execute, in practice, scientifically based surveys and investigations • present arguments orally and in writing in an objective, interesting, and
convincing manner.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face & independent wotk
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
All compulsory courses of the programme
Permission from Supervisor and Director of BA Programs
Grading system: The grading scale comprises Fail, Pass, Pass with Distinction.
To obtain the Pass grade the student must fulfill all the learning outcomes.
To obtain Pass with Distinction the thesis should also be characterized by
excellent theoretical, methodological and analytical qualities.
Assessment: Students’performance in the course will be evaluated mainly on the basis of
the final thesis, but class participation and thesis defence are also taken into
account. In order to pass the Bachelor‘s Thesis course, students need to
complete all compulsory course elements and to hand in an approved thesis
within the prescribed time limit. Choosing a Topic Students should begin thinking of possible thesis topics, or at least specific
areas of interest, preferably in the sixth semester. Ideally, the topic should be
related to the student’s area of specialization (guided electives in addition to the
core required coursework) and should also fit with the student’s intellectual
interests and career aspirations.
Thesis Supervisor and
Committee
Students should consult with appropriate professor or professors whose
expertise relates most closely to the proposed topic concerning the feasibility of
the topic and the willingness of the professor or professors to direct the thesis.
The Director of BA programs can assist in identifying potential thesis
supervisors.
Thesis Proposal
Students submit a formal thesis proposal no later than the beginning of their
third semester. The proposal should explain the problem/issue to be addressed
in the thesis, identify preliminary research materials, specify the contribution
the thesis is intended to make, and provide a preliminary plan for research,
writing, and other activities.
The committee members should approve the proposal and make suggestions for
further research and writing as well as plans. A copy of the proposal will be
maintained in the student’s file.
Academic Integrity
The University takes cheating and plagiarism seriously, and disciplinary
action will be taken against any student suspected of being involved in any
sort of cheating and/or plagiarism. The disciplinary action takes the form of
warnings or limited suspensions.
Plagiarism is taking someone else’s work and passing it off as your own.
Plagiarism includes taking phrases, sentences, or paragraphs from someone
else’s writing and using them in your own writing without providing true
attribution of their source. Avoiding plagiarism, of course, does not mean
neglecting to conduct solid research. It is appropriate to read what scholars
and experts have written about an issue before you form your own conclusions
about it. However, you must ensure that you understand the literature. At a
minimum, students should rephrase the literature’s content, rather than
quoting it verbatim. This practice also helps to ensure student understanding
of the issue, as you cannot write intelligently unless you know your subject.
Another way to avoid plagiarism is to ensure that you utilize a large number
of sources, so that your knowledge goes beyond that of any particular book or
article. The internet now provides students with the opportunity to purchase
term papers or otherwise copy someone else’s work. Turning in any work that
is not your own is a violation of academic integrity. Language of instruction English
Defense: Mandatory thesis defense will be open to all faculty from all institutions, some
of whom may participate via teleconferencing or other media. Students will
briefly present their work (15 minutes), followed by a question-and-answer
session, during which anyone in attendance may pose questions to the
presenting team. Questions may relate to the thesis or to general knowledge
that should have been obtained in the BA program. With the permission of
the students, videotapes of the defenses will be made, so that those unable to
participate during the session may see the results. All students must be present
throughout the defense.
Plagiarism check All the theses are to be checked through TURMITIN Program
Week 1 (or earlier) Prepare work schedule.
Meet with supervisor and committee.
Begin technical work
Week 2-6 Complete technical work
Iteratively submit sections to supervisor for review
Week 7-10 Prepare thesis draft
Week 11-12 Revise thesis draft
Week 13 Initial defense
Week 14 Final defense
Week 15 Final revision
Week 16 Present thesis into archive
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT
Course unit code MGS 3102
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3-4 years
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
6-7th semesters
No of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturer Mammadli Gulshan
Class information
Location: Room
Time: Wednesday, 14.05-15.40
Friday, 14.05-15.40
Office hours: upon appointment
Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
Communication Management introduces students to the crucial communication
skills required of today's employees, young entrepreneurs and job hunters.
Achieving success in one's career is often symptomatic of his or her ability to
develop cooperative work relationships, collaborate with and across teams, convey
ideas clearly, concisely and convincingly, and listen skilfully. More than ever
before, the ability to communicate effectively determines an employee's capacity to
thrive in his or her career and to be in demand by employers. Entrepreneurs, alike,
must also communicate well in order to articulate and present their ideas to
customers, suppliers, the government, and other partners in the business
ecosystem.
This course is structured to hone students' business communication skills, especially to prevail in an employment situation and to communicate positive-informative messages at work or in business. Students will be assessed on their ability to devise clear communication strategies, write effectively, prepare and deliver compelling oral presentations, and share and address feedback.
Learning outcomes:
• To gain confidence in public speaking.
• To further develop thinking skills in logically presenting, developing , and
evaluating ideas and opinions
• To improve listening skills to effectively use and evaluate elements of
various kinds of communication.
• To strategize and organize a non sensitive-informative message in a
professional, high quality business document.
• To deliver a professional, high quality presentation
• demonstrate appropriate verbal and nonverbal communication skills,
• develop compelling content, and use technology effectively.
To acquire writing skills in teams
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
NA
Required reading
Students must have the following textbook:
• 1. Business communication for success, Scott Mclean, 2010
• 2. Business communication, building critical skills, 4th Edition, Locker, Kitty O.,
&Kaczmarek, Stephen
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Teaching will be based on active class participation. Students are expected to read
the assigned cases and the material covered in the previous lecture before coming
to class. The lecturer will summarize and explain the main concepts and techniques
used for problem solving. Previously assigned cases will be presented and
discussed by the students in class.
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) NA
Course contents:
1 Business communication, management and success Ch. 1 (Textbook II)
2 Business writing in action Ch. 9 (Textbook I)
3 Polishing our writing Ch. 14,15,16
(Textbook II)
4 Developing business presentations Ch. 10(Textbook I)
5 Nonverbal delivery Ch. 11 (Textbook I)
6 Rituals in conversation and Interviews Ch. 16.5 (Textbook
I)
7 Conflict in the work environment Ch.16.6 (Textbook I)
8 Delivering a negative news message Ch.17.1 (Textbook I)
9 MIDTERM EXAM
10 Crisis communication plan Ch. 17.3 (Textbook
I)
11 What is a group? Group life cycles and member roles Ch. 19.1 (Textbook
I)
12 Group problem solving Ch. 19.3 (Textbook
I)
13 Teamwork and leadership Ch. 19.5 (Textbook
I)
14 Planning, Conducting, and Recording Meetings Ch. 19 (Textbook II)
15 Listening skills
Ch. 17 (Textbook II)
FINAL EXAM
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Individual or group work 14 2 28
Quizzes 2 2 4
Project/Presentation/Report 2 2 4
E-learning activities
Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 6 6
Midterm exam 1 2 2
Preparation for the Final Examination 1 6 6
Final exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 95
Total Workload/30(h) 3.1
ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial
Engineering
Course unit title
RISK AND FINANCE
Course unit code
FIN 3101
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd -4th years
Semester when the
course unit is
delivered
6th -7th semesters
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
3
Name of lecturer
Leyla Hasanova
Class information
Location: Room:238
Time: Wednesday, Thursday
Office hours: upon appointment. Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of
the course unit
Course Description:
This course will provide students with a comprehensive overview of the main types of risk
that have such a substantial impact on international firms and financial institutions. Students will develop basic knowledge and understanding of the role of financial system in the
economy, financial markets, financial Institutions. The course will focus on three key areas
that pervade through all types of risk: risk identification, risk quantification and risk management
Learning outcomes
Students will be able to:
• Understand how risk management contributes to value creation
• Understand how the global market for credit operates
• Explain the causes of the recent global credit crisis
• Forecast the financial risks that financial institutions and corporations could face in
the international market.
• Analyse the effects of interest rate volatility on risk exposure
• Measure the risks that arise from financial markets - such as credit risk, market risk,
liquidity risk etc. using different valuation techniques
• Become familiar with the concept of capital adequacy and also with the Basel
Accords
• Students will be able to examine several aspects of sovereign lending and the
underlying risks
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional programme
components
NA
Course contents
Unit Topic Textbook and chapter
1
2
An overview of financial system:
• The structure and functions of financial markets
• A brief overview of financial instruments: Debt and Equity
securities. Derivatives.
• The nature of financial intermediation
• The financial services industry Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion
of thinking questions.
Chapter 2; p.17
(TxBk 2) Part 3 (TxBk 2)
3
Introduction to Risk Management: Why Manage Risk?
• Understand the meaning of risk
• What Is Financial Risk?
• Risks of financial Intermediation. Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion
of thinking questions.
Chapter 7 (TxBk 1)
4
Measuring risk: Interest rate risk I
• The level and movement of interest rates
• The repricing model
• Rate-sensitive assets
• Rate-sensitive liabilities
• Weaknesses of the Repricing model
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion of thinking questions.
Chapter 8 (TxBk 1)
5
Measuring risk: Interest rate risk II
• Duration
• A general formula for Duration
• Features of Duration
• The economic meaning of duration
• Duration and Interest rate risk
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion of thinking questions.
Quiz
Chapter 9 (TxBk 1)
6
Measuring risk: Market risk I
• The basics of market risk
• Risk Metrics approach
• DEAR (Daily earnings at risk)
• Modified Duration
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion of thinking questions
Chapter 10 (TxBk 1)
7 Midterm Examination
8 9
Measuring risk: Market risk II
• Historic or back simulation
• Foreign Exchange Risk
• Equity Market Risk
• Combined (Portfolio) Risk
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion
of thinking questions
Chapter 10 (TxBk 1)
10
Measuring risk: Credit risk I
• Individual loan risk
• Types of loans
• Calculating return on loan
• Measurment of credit risk
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion of thinking questions
Chapter 11 (TxBk 1)
11
Measuring risk: Credit risk II
• Simple models of loan concentration risk
• Loan portfolio Diversification and modern portfolio theory
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion
of thinking questions
Chapter 12 (TxBk 1)
12
Measuring risk: Liquidity risk
• Causes of Liquidity risk
• Liquidity risk and depository institutions
• Liquidity risk and life insurance companies
• Investment funds
Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion
of thinking questions
Chapter 17 (TxBk 1)
13
Measuring risk: Sovereign risk
• Credit risk VS Sovereign risk
• Country risk evaluation Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion
of thinking questions
Chapter 15 (TxBk 1)
14 15
Capital Adequacy
• Capital and insolvency risk
• Capital adequacy in the commercial banking
• Capital requirements for other FIs
Chapter 20 (TxBk 1)
Final Examination
Recom-mended or
required
readings
Required readings: Textbook #1: “Financial Institutions Management: A
Risk Management Approach“6th Edition by
A.Saunders, M.M. Cornett
Textbook #2: “The Economics of Money, Banking and Financial Markets“ 11th Edition by Frederic S. Mishkin
Additional information will be distributed electronically
Optional readings:
• Hull, John C. (2015), Risk Management and Financial
Institutions (4th edition)
• Christoffersen, P.F. (2003), Elements of Financial Risk
Management, Academic Press, London
Planned
learning
activities and teaching
methods
Lectures, exercises, class discussions, case study discussions,
assignments, passing quizzes and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5
Individual or Group Work 14 2 28
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation)
Homework 4 1 4
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 92
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial
Engineering
Course unit title PRODUCTION FACTORS MANAGEMENT
Course unit code MGS 3103
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd - 4th years
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
6th -7th semesters
Number of ECTS credits
allocated 3
Name of lecturer Rashad Suleymanli
Class information Location: Room:
Time: - Office hours: upon students’ appointment
Contact: [email protected]
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description
It is intended through this course unit as an introduction to the field of
production management and factors affect production. The field of production and dynamic and includes many of the cases/functions that are responsible
for planning and coordinating the use of the organization’s resources to
convert inputs into outputs in production organizations This course provides review of the concepts of production management as they
apply both to manufacturing and to service industries. The operations
function is a primary business function which has a major effect on production, productivity and quality. .
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
Bases of the production theory: Analysis of the input output respect of productive systems;
Identify the nature and scope of production, its factors, and how production
relates with other units of the organization.
Understanding the importance of the operations function relative to the goals of a business organization.
Discuss productivity, competitiveness and strategy and their vital
importance to business organizations. Identify the importance of effective decision making for production
114
managers
- The importance of design of production systems and
quantifying reliability.
- Explain the concepts of product planning and process design for both
manufacturing and service industries
Implement the steps in the production planning process and make a plan
that works
-Distinguish the importance of quality concept and the Philosophies of Total
Quality Management (TQM).
-Project Management and tools used in operations.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites None
Recommended optional programme components
Microsoft Excel, Primavera P6
Recommended or required reading
The Textbooks
1. Jay Heizer, Barry Render, Chuck Munson, Operations Management: Pearson (12th edition),
2. S. Anil Kumar, N. Suresh, Production and Operations Management:
New age international (2nd edition), 2008.
Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters.
Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming,
feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions, Software
commands for Excel and Primavera P6
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1
INTRODUCTION.
The Field of Production Management; Manufacturing & Service Operations;
Operations and Productivity; Factors that affect productivity.
Chapter 1
2
OPERATIONS STRATEGY and KEY SUCCESS FACTORS
Chapter 2
115
Strategies, tactics, time-based competition. Operations strategies in manufacturing
and services. Key success factors and core competencies
LAB: Introduction of Primavera P6 EPPM software system-scheduling of activities
during operations/production management.
3
FACTORS ON EFFECTIVE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The Importance of Project Management skills in Production; Project Planning and
Scheduling; Project Monitoring and Controlling; Basic Factors on Project
Management.
LAB: Determining WBS and Activities of Project in Primavera; Building
relationships between activities in Primavera P6; Relationship types.
Chapter 3
4
FORECASTING FACTORS
The strategic importance of forecasting; Forecasting Approaches and Factors;
Quantitative and Qualitative forecasts
LAB: Determining of free float and total float for critical path to forecast late finish
date in Primavera; Time-Series Forecasting in Excel simulation.
Chapter 4
5
FACTORS AFFECT DESIGN OF PRODUCT&SERVICES
Goods and Services Selection; Generating new products; Product development;
Issues for product and service design.
LAB: Resource types; Roles and assignment of resources to activities in Primavera;
Determining an amount of resources based on BOQ;
Chapter 5
6
FACTORS ON QUALITY OF PRODUCT&SERVICES
Quality and Strategy; Defining Quality; Total Quality Management; Tools of TQM;
The Importance of Inspection.
LAB: Controlling resource overallocation; RUS&RUP; Bar charts and S-Curve;
Creation and assignment of baselines to make Final Schedule; Quality Function
Deployment (QFD) or Quality House in Excel.
Chapter 6
116
7
KEY FACTORS OVER PROCESS STRATEGY
Operations Strategies; Equipment Selection; Process Analysis; Production
Technology; Process Redesign
Groupwork: Making a Project Schedule in Primavera which will be followed by
analysis by exporting to Excel; Linear Programming and time-Series forecasting in
Excel.
Chapter 7
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9
FACTORS ON LOCATION SELECTION
Location decision and factors; Methods of evaluating location alternatives.
LAB: Tracking of schedule in Primavera as soon as execution started; Cut-off dates
Chapter 8
10
FACTORS EFFECT ON LAYOUT STRATEGIES
Layout Types; Warehouse and storage layout; Process-oriented layout.
LAB: Update week 1. Working on actual dates and resources. Resource analysis in
Primavera.
Chapter 9
11
HUMAN RESOURCE STRATEGY AND HUMAN FACTORS
Labor Planning; Job design; Labor Standards.
LAB: Update week 2. Working on actual dates and resources. Resource analysis in
Primavera.
.
Chapter 10
12
FACTORS ON SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
Make-or-Buy and Outsourcing; Six Sourcing Strategies; Supply Chain Risk
LAB: Introduction to Earned Value Management (EVM) and EVM analysis.
Chapter 11
13
FACTORS AFFECTING AGGREGATE PLANNING
Dependent demand; MRP Structure; MRP in services; ERP
LAB: SV, CV, SPI, CPI, BAC formulas and explanation in Primavera
Chapter 13
14
KEY FACTORS ON LEAN MANUFACTURING
Lean and just-in time; Lean organizations; Lean in services.
LAB: Working with layouts, filter, group & sort, etc. in Primavera.
Chapter 16
117
15
FACTORS CAUSE MAINTENANCE AND RELIABILITY DEMAND
Maintenance; Reliability; Total Productive Maintenances.
Groupwork: Updating of initial baselined schedule; Have to make EVM analysis;
Defining risks of variances in Primavera.
Chapter 17
FINAL EXAM
Production
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5
Individual or Group Work 14 2 28
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation) 1 5 5
Homework 3 2 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 99
Total Workload/30(h) 3.3
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
118
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Course unit code MGS 3104
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit Fist cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3-4 years
Semester when the
course unit is delivered
6-7 semesters
Number of ECTS credits allocated
3
Name of lecturer Elnur Eyvazov
Class information Location: Room: 12 Time: Thursday Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course description
Human resource management is critical to the success of every business. HR
professionals do the most important work in a business because, ultimately, a business is its people. HR is all about finding, hiring, developing, engaging, supporting,
rewarding, nurturing and keeping the people who make the business work. It is
exciting and challenging work but very rewarding. Even if your major is finance,
accounting or marketing you need to know about human resource management. The reason is because you will lead and manage work teams and project teams so you need
to know how to support and develop these people. How to get the best out of them.
HR is everybody’s business.
This course will give you a strong grounding in all key HR functions. It is a course of many different topics and it is designed with the needs of modern businesses in mind.
At the end, you will be proficient in basic strategic human resource management
theory and practice. The course will address issues of ethics as they relate to managing people in organizations. Issues such as honesty, transparency and personal
integrity when managing others will be discussed among other pertinent issues.
Course objectives
The objectives of this course are:
• To teach relevant, practical and applicable human resource management skills to
equip the student with the foundation competencies for working as HR practitioners
in business.
• To improve the student’s self-confidence to be able to analyze and decide upon
HR issues and problems.
• To introduce contemporary theory and practice in modern human resource
management and the range of tools and methods available to address HR
challenges and problems.
• Apply critical thinking and problem solving skills to the analysis and resolution of
human resource problems as presented in case studies.
Learning outcomes
At the successful completion of this course students will be able to:
• Describe what human resource management is and how human resource management relates to effective and successful organizations.
• Articulate the critical issues and challenges involved in contemporary human
resource management.
• Discriminate between different types of human resource strategies, models, theories and approaches. • Develop plans relating to central HR issues.
• Highlight particular issues that determine the success or failure of human
resource management practices.
• Identify the important elements that constitute the roles and functions associated
with human resource management in contemporary organizations.
• Appreciate the importance of ethics to effectively managing people in organizations and how ethical concepts apply in practice.
• Apply critical thinking and problem solving skills to the analysis and resolution of human resource problems as presented in case studies
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
NA
Recommended or
required reading
Required main textbook: Human Resource Management Authors: J. Coyle- Shapiro,
K. Hoque, I. Kessler, A. Pepper, R. Richardson and L. Walker; Irwin-McGraw-Hill.
Additional reading materials/handouts will be distributed to students in class (e.g.,
power point slides, articles, copies of presentations made by visiting speakers and
other materials).
Planned learning activities and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions
Language of instruction English
Work placement(s) -
Course contents:
№
Topic
Source
1. Introduction to Human Resource Management
Basic concepts of management and its relationships with HRM
Chapter 1
2.
Components of an organization 1. Concepts of people working together 2. Individual vs. Group behavior and Teams
Chapter 2
3. New trends at workplace with changing environment
Workforce diversity, pros and cons
Chapter 3-4
4. Functions of HRM Relationship between HR specialist and line managers
Chapter 4-5
5. Legal and ethical issues in HRM Chapter 6
6.
Human resource planning (HRP)
Human resource information system (HRIS) Job
analysis
Chapter 7
7. Recruitment Source of recruitment, Selection, Selection Tests, Selection process
Chapter 8-9
8. MIDTERM EXAM
9. Training & development
And Maximizing learning
Career management
Chapter 10
Chapter 11
10.
Performance Performance
Appraisal Job evaluation
and pricing
Chapter 12-13
11.
Compensation system
Understanding on Compensation system,
Benefits, Role of money in performance of employee
Chapter 14-15
12. Motivation Occupation health and safety
Stress management
Chapter 16
13. Conflict and Negotiation Chapter 17
14. Power & politics
Discipline
Chapter 18
15.
HR auditing
HR control process
Leadership
Chapter 19, 20,
21
FINAL EXAM
Human Resource Management
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total
Workload(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3
42
Assignment/Case studies 3 1 3
Quizzes 2 1 2
Preparation for the Midterm
Examination 1 8
8
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Preparation for the Final
Examination 1 10
10
Final Exam 1 3 3
Individual or group work 10 2 20
Total Workload 90
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title BASICS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP & SME DEVELOPMENT
Course unit code MGS 3105
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3-4 years
Semester when the
course unit is delivered
6-7 semesters
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturers Aykhan Nasibli
Class information Location:
Time: Friday, 8:30 – 10:05 (1/2), 10:20 – 11:55
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
This course provides students with an introduction to entrepreneurship and explains
the need for small-medium enterprises for sustainable economic development. At
the same time, during one semester students will go through a range of essential skills and attitudes necessary for successful start in entrepreneurial endeavors. At
the same time, they will also embrace workplace presentation, team collaboration,
idea creation and business plan development.
Content of the course targets undergraduate students and expects the target group to have no prior experience (as internship or part-time job) in private sector. During
the entire semester, this course will prepare students for further academic study
and/ or involvement in entrepreneurship activities in the future.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
In this course students will learn to:
• Learn essential role of small-medium enterprises;
• Practice presentation skills and working in teams;
• Recognize personal attitude and deal constructively with issues that arise
in the workplace and community around them;
• Develop self-esteem and confidence, enhance skills for leading of
teams, projects and/of programs;
• Apply business principles to plan, launch, manage and grow a
business venture idea;
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or
required reading
Reading 1: Ries, E. (2011). The lean startup: How today's
entrepreneurs use continuous innovation to create radically successful businesses.
Reading 2: Bygrave, William D., Zacharakis, Andrew. (2014).
Entrepreneurship. 3rd
ed.
Reading 3: Bill George (2007). True North
Additional reading materials will be provided in relevant time.
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, mock business presentations, team works in class and outside
of class hours, case study discussions, video presentations and other forms of team and individual works.
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP, BUSINESS
& SME
• Course Introduction
• Introduction to Entrepreneurship.
• Great Entrepreneurs from History
• Azerbaijani Entrepreneurs
• Characteristics of Great Entrepreneurs
• Profile: Richard Branson (Virgin Groups)
In-class:
“Why I want to be an entrepreneur.”
Reading:
Reading 2: Chapter 1; Magazine
copies (ASEU)
Entrepreneur.com (25 Common
Characteristics of Successful Entrepreneurs)
2
WHAT IS SMALL-BUSINESS ENTERPRISE?
• The Small Business, decision-making
• Is Entrepreneurship for me?
In-class:
Self Assessment (bdc.ca online)
Readings:
Road Map concept, Reports of
• The Azerbaijani Business Environment
• Critical Factors for Starting a New Business
• Evaluating Opportunities for New Businesses
• The Opportunity Checklist
international organizations and BIG4 Entrepreneurship, Chapter 2
Workshop (team): Business Jam – “100 Great Ideas”
3 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
• Forms and types of business communication
• Why every entrepreneur should be good at public
speaking
• Principles of Oral Business Presentations
- 30 second story;
- Elevator pitch;
• Product presentation
• Profile: Eric Ries
(Entrepreneur, Publisher)
• The Lean Startup
• The Startup Life Cycle
• Blue Ocean
• What makes a good business idea?
In-class:
Elevator Pitch Script
Workshop (team):
Lean Startup – Choosing a
Business
Reading:
Reading 1: Lean Start up, Part 1
– Vision.
4 PRACTICE PRODUCT SPEECHES
5 MODELS & MODELLING
• Business plans
• Models and Strategies
• Entrepreneurial Strategies
Workshop (team):
Business Model Canvas
Reading: Reading 2: Chapter 4.
6 HUMAN RESOURCES
• The Talent Triangle (PMI)
• Human Resources
• Corporate Culture
• Jack Welch’s “6 or 9” Theory
Workshop (team):
HR Strategy
Reading:
Reading 3: Chapter 3, 7, 10.
7 ETHICS
• Business Ethics
• Ethics in Entrepreneurship
• Business Code of Ethics
In-class:
Business Ethics Reflection
Reading:
Reading 3: Intro, Chapter 1
Workshop (team):
Team Code of Ethics
8 MID-TERM EXAM
9 FINANCES
• Valuation
• Debt and Equity
• Value Proposition Canvas
• Financials
Workshop (team):
Financial Projection and Plan
Reading:
Reading 2: Chapters 8-10.
10 PRODUCT SPEECHES
11
TREND IN BUSINESS
• Profile: Elon Musk
(Space X and Tesla)
• Attracting Investors
• Types of Financing
• Risk and Reward
• Bootstrapping and Crowdfunding
• Accelerators and Incubators
• Government Support
• Silicon Valley
Video Reflection:
Elon Musk
Reading:
Magazine article (IMPACT) Online materials (to be provided)
12 MARKETING
• Assessing Context
• Situation Assessment
• SWOT
• Marketing: Story-branding
• Target Market Profile
• Marketing Strategy
• Customer Development (Steve Blank)
Workshop (team):
SWOT
Marketing Strategy
13 PRESENTATION & PERSUASION
• Basics and forms
• Profile: Robert Herjavec (Shark Tank)
• The Investor Presentation
14 CONSULTATIONS/ WRAP – UP
Basics of Entrepreneurship and SME Management
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total
Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42 Labs and Tutorials
Assignment 2 1 2 Project/Presentation/Report 1 3 3 E-learning activities
Quizzes 2 1 2 Midterm Examination 1 2 2 Final Examination 1 3 3 Individual or group work 12 3 36 Total Workload 90 Total Workload/30(h) 3 ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL AND VALUE CHAIN
MANAGEMENT
Course unit code MGS 3106
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3-4 years
Semester when the course unit is
delivered
6-7 semesters
Number of ECTS credits allocated
3
Name of lecturer Fuad Bagirov
Class information
Location: Room
Time: Contact:
Office hours: upon students’ appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Learning Outcomes: Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility are valuable
economic components emerging as hot topics in public discourse.
Today’s immense social and environmental challenges provide new
opportunities and the need for integrative management techniques, economic specialization, and innovative technologies.
Academics and management practitioners discuss this trend with both
scientific and practical applications in this series on CSR, Sustainability, Ethics, and Governance published by Springer.
The main outcome is explained the complex issue of Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) by providing a breakdown of its application on specific areas of business administration such as Supply Chain
Management.
In this course, necessary aspects of sustainable value creation are
described along with practical examples.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-requisites None
Recommended optional
programme components
NA
Recommended or required
reading
Textbook and Readings
1. Sustainable Value Chain Management Delivering Sustainability
Through the Core Business, Michael D'heur, Springer, 2015
Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in
printed forms.
Planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, assignment, discussion sessions, presentation.
Language of instruction English
Work placement NA
Course contents:
1 Sustainable Value Creation
- The Concept of “Sustainability” - The Concept of “Shared”
- The Concept of “Value Creation”
2
The Consequences of a “Linear” Economy
3 Educated Consumers and Their Awareness of Greenwashing
4
Going “Beyond the Label”: What’s in a Value Chain
5 Sustainability “Inside-Out”:
- Toward Sustainable Value Chain Management
6 Building Blocks for Sustainable Value Creation Building Block 1: Value Creation Strategy
7 Building Block 2: Sustainable Products
8 Building Block 3: Sustainable Supply Chain
9 Building Block 4: Enterprise Architecture Building Block 5: Stakeholder Collaboration
10 Building Block 6: Sustainable Business Planning
Building Block 7: Sustainable Cost Reduction
11 Building Block 8: Supplier and Partner Networks
12 Critical Appraisal of the Standards in Relation to Sustainable Value Creation
13 Benefits of Sustainable Value Creation
- Economic Value - Ecological Value
- Societal Value
- Soft Benefits
14 From Idea to Action
- Embed Sustainable Value Creation in the Corporate Strategy
- Honestly Assess Your Starting Position, Determine What Matters, and Where the
Organization Can Generate Positive Impact
- Consider Sustainability Criteria Throughout the Entire Product Lifecycle
- Take Responsibility Across the Extended Supply Chain
- Drive Change
- Collaborate, Deliver Tangible Results,
- Inspire Others
15 The Core Business: Driver for Sustainable Value Creation
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3
42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 5
Individual or Group Work 14 1 14
Midterm Exam 1 2 3
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)
1 3 3
Quiz (including preparation and
presentation) 2 2 4
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 12 7
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 90
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ENVIRONMENTAL ACCOUNTING
Course unit code ACCT 3101
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3-4 years
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
6-7 semesters
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
3
Name of lecturer Nigar Kerimli
Class information [email protected]
office hours: upon appointment
Course description: Course Description
This course will help students to expand their awareness of the profession's responsibility toward environmental problems and the broader issues of sustainability. The interest in environmental accounting issues has grown rapidly in recent years, and the issues impact the various specializations within the field of accounting, including financial reporting, analysis and disclosure, cost management and managerial decision making, capital investment analysis, auditing, and taxation. We will approach the subject using a framework that categorizes issues into the conventional model of accounting and an expanded model of accounting. The expanded model allows for a creative approach to problem solving on environmental issues outside of the traditional boundaries of accounting. Opportunities will exist for students to develop skills necessary for creative problem solving.
Learning outcomes of
the course unit
On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed their skills in:
➢ Developing a fundamental knowledge of laws, regulations and market
instruments for handling environmental issues
➢ Understanding how environmental issues affect the various sub-disciplines of
accounting
➢ Evaluating the role of accounting in society regarding the environment
➢ Developing moral thought processes (ethics) about environmental issues
➢ Understanding the concepts of accountability and transparency
➢ Understanding sustainability and the implications for accounting
➢ Developing an appreciation of the needs of various stakeholder groups
➢ Examining alternative reporting formats
➢ Understanding and evaluating specific company approaches to environmental
accounting
➢ Making recommendations for improvements to company approaches under the
expanded model
➢ Developing a working knowledge Discussion of readings of national and global
trends
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Course contents Unit Topic Content
Textbook(s)
and chapter(s)
1 Introduction
2
Accounting for the
Environment
a) Accountants, Accounting
and the Environment
b) Accountants and
Environmental Attitudes
DUE: Short Writing Activity 1
1, Ch. 1
3 Business and the
Environment
a) The Evolving Agenda
b) The Public, Media and
Politicians
c) Business Attitude and
Business Response
DUE: Short Writing Activity 2
1, Ch. 2
4 Management Information
and Accounting
a) The Forces of Change
b) External Influences for
Environmental Change
DUE: Short Writing Activity 3
1, Ch 3
2, Ch 3, 6
5
Environmental Policy:
Adoption, Establishment
and Implementation
a) The company’s Own
Environmental Policy
b) The Environmental
Charters
c) The CERES Principles
1, Ch 4
6
Environmental Audit and
Management System;
Assessment, Review and
Attestation
a) Overview of Environmental Audit
b) The Environmental Assessment
(EIA)
c) The Environmental Survey
1, Ch 5
7 Accounting and the
Control of Energy Costs
a) Energy; Some of the Wider
Issues
b) Energy: Some of the
Business Issues
c) Controlling Energy
d) Accounting for Energy
1, Ch 6
8
Accounting and
Controlling for the Costs
of Waste, Packaging and
Recycling
a) Some Aspects of the Wider
Problem
b) Corporate Waste
Management
c) Accounting for Waste
1, Ch. 7
2, Ch 9
9
Investment, Budgeting and
Appraisal: Environment at
the Heart of the
Accounting and Financial
Systems
a) Investment Spending
b) Investment Appraisal
c) Budgeting and Forecasting
Quiz 1 (Units; 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8)
1, Ch. 8
10
Midterm examination
11
Life Cycle Assesment and
the Mass Balance
a) The Mass Balance
b) The Cycle Assessment
c) Considering the Life Cycle
1, Ch 9
d) The Methodology of LCA
12
The Greening of Finance:
Bank Lending, Insurance
and Ethical/Environmental
Investment
a) Bank Lending and
Environmental Liability
b) The Environmental
Influence of Financial
Institutions
c) Do Shareholders Care about
Ethics and the Environment?
Case: Ethics and
environmental reporting
1, Ch 10
2, Ch 7
13
External Reporting and
Auditing I: Reporting
within the Financial
Statements
a) Why Financial
Accounting?
b) How is Financial
Accounting Affected?
c) The Response of
Accounting Regulators
d) The Environment in
Financial Statements
e) Implicaions fort he Future?
DUE: Environmental Audit
Project—Part I
1, Ch 11
2, Ch 7,8
14
External Reporting and
Auditing II: Reporting
within the Financial
Statements
a) Why Report on the
Environment Voluntarily?
b) The Pressures to Disclose
c) Corporate Environmental
Reporting Practice
DUE: Environmental Audit
Project—Part 2
1, Ch 12
2, Ch 12
15
Social Accounting and
Reporting and the External
‘Social Audits’
a) The Resurgence in Social
Reporting Practice
b) A Brief Background and
History of the Social Audit
Quiz 2 (Units; 9,10,11,12,13,14)
1, Ch 13
Final examination
Recommended or
required readings
Course Materials
1. Accounting for the Environment, 2nd Edition,
Gray and Bebbington
2. Contemporary Environmental Accounting, Stefan
Schaltegger and Roger Burritt
Planned learning
activities and teaching
methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and
presentation sessions, discussion sessions, quizzes and exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s) –
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 6 6
Individual or Group Work 14 2 28
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation)
Homework 3 1 3
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 92
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title MATERIAL MECHANICS
Course unit code TECH 3106
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3-4 years
Semester when the course unit is delivered
6-7 semesters
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturer Azer D.Ahmadov
Class information Location: Room: 12
Time: Wednesday
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description
Materials are of a discrete nature, since they are made of atoms and molecules, in the
case of liquids and gases, or, in the case of solid materials, also of fibres, crystals, granules, associations of different materials, etc. The physical interactions between
these constituent elements determine the behavior of the materials. Of the different
facets of a material`s behavior, rheological behavior is needed for the Mechanics of Materials. It may be defined as the way the material deforms under the action of forces.
The deductive quantification of the rheological behavior of materials has only been
successfully applied to some composite materials-associations of two or more
materials-whose rheological behavior may be deduced from the behavior of the individual materials ,in the cases where the precise layout of each material is known. In
all other materials rheological behavior is idealized by means of physical or
mathematical models which reproduce the most important features observed in experimental tests. This is the so-called phenomenological approach. In Mechanics of
Materials, a phenomenological approach must almost always be used to quantify the
rheological behavior of a solid, a liquid or a gas .Furthermore, as the consideration of
the discontinuities that are always present in the internal structure of materials, substantially increases the degree of complexity of the problem, we assume, whenever
possible ,that the material is continuous. From a mathematical point of view, the
hypothesis of continuity may be expressed by stating that the functions which describe the forces inside the material, the displacements, the deformations, etc,..are continuous
functions of space and time. From a physical point of view, this hypothesis corresponds to assuming that the macroscopically observed material behavior does not change with
the dimensions of the piece of material considered, especially when they tend to zero.
This is equivalent to accepting that the material is a mass of points with zero
dimensions and all with the same properties. Thus in a liquid, the maximum dimension of the discontinuities is the size of a molecule, which is almost always much smaller
than the smallest geometrical dimension that must be analysed. This is why, in liquids,
the hypothesis of continuity may almost always be used without restrictions. On the other side, in solid materials, the validity of this hypothesis must be analysed more
carefully. In gases, the maximum dimension of the discontinuities may be represented
by the distance between molecules. Thus in, very rarefied gases the hypothesis of continuity may not be acceptable. Thus in, Mechanics of Materials the validity of the
hypothesis of continuity is always accepted. This allows the material behavior to be
defined independently of the geometrical dimensions of the solid body of the liquid
mass under consideration.
Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to :
• Analyses the stress state around a point ,i.e in an infinitesimal neighborhood of a point inside or on the surface of a solid body, or of a liquid mass, under the action of forces
• Determine the expressions defining the components of the stress tensor as
functions of the coordinates x, y and z to develop the differential equations of the
equilibrium which play an important role in the analytical solution for the stress
distribution inside a body
• Determine two principal stresses and its directions in two-dimensional analysis
of the stress tensor
• Analyse two-dimensional and three-dimensional stress state by the Mohr`s circles
• Analyse the physical aspects of the deformation the conclusion the state of
deformation, as the state of stress
• Develop of the mathematical expressions for the deformation state
• Compute components of the strain tensor from the displacement functions
• Analyse two-dimensional strain state
• Conclude that experimentally observed rheological behavior of materials may be explained as the combination of three types of stress- strain relations: elasticity, plasticity and viscosity
• Determine the relations between elementary types of deformation and stresses
causing them are linear
• Analyse an isotropic material behavior under two-or three-dimensional stress
states
• Analyse physical models for different rheological behavior
• Analyse different yielding and rupture laws under two or three- dimensional
stress state
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co- requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Microsoft Excel
Recommended or required reading
Required:
1) Vitor Dias Da Silva:”Mechanics and Strength of Materials” Springer-
publishers
2) Arthur P.Boresi,Richard J.Schmidt,Omar M.Sidebottom:”Advanced
Mechanics of Materials” John Willey&sons.INC
3) Russel C.Hibbeler:”Mechanics of Materials” Macmillan publishing
company.800p.1991
4)J.P.Den Hertog:”Advanced Strength of Materials” Dover
publications.INC.378p.1987
5)J.Case,Lord Chilver,Carl.T.F.Ross:”Strength of Materials and Structures” John Willey&sons.INC.698p.1999
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and discussion sessions
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
Unit 1: General considerations .Fundamental definitions. Subdivisions of the Mechanic
of Materials
Unit 2: General considerations. Equilibrium conditions. Equilibrium at the
boundary
Unit 3: Stresses in an inclined facet. Principal stresses and principal directions. The
roots of the characteristic equation
Unit 4: Orthogonality of the principal directions. Isotropic and deviatoric components
of the stress tensor
Unit 5: Two-dimensional analysis of the stress tensor Unit
6: Mohr`s circle. Three-dimensional Mohr`s circles
Unit 7: General considerations. Components of the strain tensor
Unit 8: Pure deformation and rigid body motion. Equations of compatibility
Unit 9: Deformation in an arbitrary direction. Volumetric strain
Unit 10: Two-dimensional analysis of the strain tensor. Components of the strain
tensor
Unit 11: General considerations. Ideal rheological behavior-physical models. Unit 12:
Generalized Hooke`s. Law isotropic materials.
Unit 13: Monotropic materials. Orthotropic materials. Newtonian liquid
Unit 14: Deformation energy. General consideration. Superposition of deformation.
Energy in the linear elastic case. Deformation energy in materials with linear elastic
behavior
Unit 15: Yielding and rupture laws. General considerations. Yielding criteria. Mohr`s
rupture theory for brittle materials
Final Exam
Mechanics of Materials
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities
Number
Duration (hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Labs and Tutorials 2 1 2
Assignment
Project/Presentation/Report
E-learning activities
Quizzes 2 1 2
Midterm Examination 1 2 2
Final Examination 1 3 3
Self Study 11 4 44
Total Workload 95
Total Workload/30(h) 3,1
ECTS Credit of the Course
3
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title STRUCTURAL MECHANICS
course unit code TECH 4104
type of course unit Elective
level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
year of study 3rd - 4th
Years
semester/trimester when the
course unit is delivered
6th -7th
semesters
number of ECTS credits allocated
3
name of lecturer Azer. D. Ahmadov
learning outcomes of the course
unit
Description:
Structural Mechanics deals with fundamental knowledge of
concepts to control structural mechanical models for rope, beam,
disks and sheels as well as its field of application in typical engineer uses.
Learning outcomes:
Structural Mechanics to provide the engineers with a foundation that
will permit them to readily incorporate the growing body of
knowledge as an extension of the fundamental principles and not as something added on and vaguely connected to what they already
know, introduce useful frameworks and various techniques for
solving a wide variety of problems.
mode of delivery Face to face
prerequisites and co-requisites None
recommended optional programme components
course contents
Unit 1: Structural Elements. Chains and Cables
Unit 2: Design of beams. Rapidly rotating disks of constant thickness
Unit 3: Characteristic feature of plates and shells Unit 4:
Nonlinearities. Nonlinear material response. Unit 5:
Elastic potential energy in slender members. Clapeyron`s theorem
Unit 6: Castiglione`s theorem. Menabrea`s theorem. Betty`s theorem
Unit 7: Maxwell`s theorem. Theorems of virtual displacements and forces
Unit 8: Definition of potential energy. Stability of
equilibrium
Unit 9: Extreme properties of potential energy. Variation principles Unit 10: Stresses under impact loading
Unit 11: The effect of Mass of the elastic system on impact
Unit 12: Stability of elastic systems
Unit 13: Stability of bars and frames
Unit 14: Dynamics of hinged system. Free vibrations of beams
recommended or required
reading
1. Strength of Materials and Structures. Fourth edition. John Case,
Lord Chilver,Carl.T.F.Ross.1999
planned learning activities and
teaching methods
Lectures, class discussions, reading material from textbook,
assignments, quizzes, exams.
language of instruction English
work placement(s) -
Structural Mechanics
ECTS allocated based on Student Workload
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3
42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8
Individual or Group Work 14 2 28
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) - -
-
Homework 3 1 3
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 94
Total Workload/30(h) 3.1
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
1
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title FORMING PROCESSES
Course unit code TECH-4105
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd – 4th years
Semester when the course
unit is delivered
6th - 7th Semesters
Number of ECTS credits
allocated
3
Name of lecturers Sayami Huseynov
Class information
Location: Time:
Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the
course unit
Course Description:
This course is devoted to the main aspects of forming processes, materials
formability, design for manufacture, and process’ economic aspects. The focus is on
the analysis and bulk molding processes sheet metal in accordance with the
practical cases.
A detailed overview of the processes of formation is provided through the lectures.
In the problem-based seminars a real forming problems involving a machine or
process is the central starting point in the overall context of forming technology.
Dealing with these problems, students deepen and professionalize the application of
technical approaches and scientific methods of gathering information. Students
gather the necessary basics for special problems, receive a wide understanding of
machines/tools needed in forming processes. Students are taught to identify the
specific problems of forming technology. They’re provided with methods for broad
understanding of the components, measurement and control systems, and
automation techniques.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
2
On successful completion of the course, students should be able to:
• Classify forming processes. Define: plastic deformation, flow stress,
formability, strain, effect of temperature, friction and lubrication,
deformation zone geometry, workability, and residual stresses.
• Understand the following forming processes: forging, drawing, rolling,
extrusion, and deep drawing.
• Understand the technologies of high-energy-rate forming, forming under
hydrostatic pressure, and super-plastic forming.
• Identify the problems of metal forming technology. To get a broad
understanding of components, measurement and control systems, and
automation techniques.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co-
requisites
None
Recommended optional
programme components
Recommended or required
reading
Required reading:
1. W. F. Hosford, R. M. Caddell, “Metal forming: Mechanics and
Metallurgy”, Prentice-Hall pub., 2011.
Optional reading:
2. H. Tschaetsch, “Metal Forming Practise: Processes, Machines, Tools”,
Springer Verlag, 2006.
3. Sadhu Singh, “Theory Of Plasticity & Metal Forming Processes”, Khanna
Publishers, 2014.
Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional
information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
Planned learning activities
and teaching methods
Student evaluation is based on assignments or mini projects, tests and final exam. A
description is given at the beginning of the course in order for the students to get
enough information on the making breakdown, assignment instructions.
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 Formability
Formability, strain
Ch. 2
[1]
3
2
Plasticity of isotropic and anisotropic continuum
Plastic deformation, flow stress
Ch. 3
[1]
3 Numeric analysis of metal forming processes
Classification of metal forming processes, fundamentals of metallurgy.
Ch. 4
[1]
4
High-strength steels for metal forming
Effect of temperature, strain rate and metallurgical structure on metal working,
friction and lubrication, deformation zone geometry, workability, residual stresses.
Ch. 6
[1]
5
Progressive methods of deep drawing
Fundamentals of drawing: definition, application, drawing process parameters,
tooling, wire drawing, tube drawing.
Ch. 10
[3]
6 Sheet metal forming
Shearing, blanking, bending, stretch forming, deep drawing, types of dies, defects
in formed part, sheet metal formability, formability limit diagram.
Ch. 12
[1]
7 Forming with application of elastic media
Ch. 13
[1]
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 Forming with application of liquid media Ch. 13
[1]
10 Forging
Introduction and Classification, operation and principle of Forging Processes and
Equipments, Methods of forging, Open and Close Die Forging Processes, Defects,
Structure and Properties of Forged Products. Force Analysis in forging. Other
Related Processes like Cold Heading, Rotary Swaging, Sizing, Coining,
Embossing and Roll Forging.
Ch. 16
[1]
11
Super-plastic forming
Metal forming under special conditions: high-energy-rate forming, forming under
hydrostatic pressure, super-plastic forming.
Ch. 14
[1]
12 Extrusion Ch. 15
4
Introduction and Classification, Extrusion Equipments, Forces in extrusion,
Analysis of Extrusion Process, Extrusion of components including Seamless Pipes
and Tubes. Extrusion of pipes by cold working, Other Related Processes like
Impact Extrusion, Hydrostatic Extrusion, Piercing, Drawing, cupping and bending.
[1]
13 New methods of precision forging
Ch. 16
[3]
14 Hot rolling
Rolling: classification of rolling processes, types of rolling mills, hot rolling,
rolling of bars and shapes, forces and geometrical relationships in rolling.
Ch. 8
[1]
15 Cold rolling
Cold rolling, analysis of rolling load, torque and power, rolling defects.
Ch. 9
[1]
FINAL EXAM
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8
Individual or Group Work 8 3 24
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation
and presentation) 1 5 5
Homework 3 2 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8
Final Exam 1 3 3
6
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title APPLIED FLUID DYNAMICS
Course unit code TECH 4106
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3-4 years
Semester when the course unit is delivered
6-7 semesters
Number of ECTS credits allocated
3
Name of lecturers Elvin ibrahimli
Class information Location: Room: 2 Time:15:00 Friday Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes of the course unit
Course Description:
This course aims to present students theoretical and practical background of applied
fluid dynamics course without going into deep detail of the mathematics and numerical algorithm, It will discuss fundamentals of fluid statics, kinematics and
dynamics, some characteristics of fluids and computational fluid dynamics. The
concepts of computational fluid dynamic (CFD) will be presented by means of the application of numerical techniques to the solution of some practical fluid flow and
heat transfer problems. A commercial CFD software will be presented and applied to
illustrative fluid flow.
The key to learning applied fluid dynamics course is to practice problem solving and
solve many problems applying the principles presented in the text books and lectures. It is difficult to learn this subject by only reading the text book and listening
to lectures or looking over solved examples. Graduate student are expected to read
the text book, references, and listen to lectures. The most important learning activity is to practice problem solving as part of homework, and use instructor as guide to
seek feedback when needed.
Learning Outcomes of the Course:
After completing the course, students should be able to:
• Visualize data and generate meshes around complex geometries.
• Identify the key fluid properties used in the analysis of fluid behavior
• Perform 2D and 3D simulations in CFD-GEOM software.
• Explain the development, uses, and limitations of the Bernoulli equation.
• Discuss the differences between the Eulerian and Lagrangian descriptions
of fluid motion. • Apply appropriate equations and principles to analyze a variety of pipe
7
flow situations.
• Calculate the lift and drag forces for various objects..
• Apply appropriate equations to analyze open-channel flow with uniform
depth.
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and co- requisites
Recommended optional programme components
Recommended or required
reading
There is no single textbook that covers the entire course. The course material is
collected from various sources that will be announced during the course.
1. Textbook-1: Bruce R. Munson, Theodore H. Okiishi, Fundamentals of Fluid
Mechanics. Hardcover: 796 pages. Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; seventh edition, 2013
2. Textbook-2: Abdulnaser Sayma. Computational Fluid Dynamics. Hardcover:
133 pages. Publisher: Ventus Publishing ApS: first edition, 2009
3. Comer, J. K.; Kleinstreuer, C.; Zhang, Z. Flow structures and particle deposition patterns in double-bifurcation airway models. Part 1. Air flow fields. Journal of
Fluid Mechanics, vol. 435, Issue 01, p.25-54
4. M.Navidbakhsh ; H. Monshizadeh. Blood flow simulation in a stenotic vessel surrounded by biological tissue. Proceedings of 20th Iranian Conference on Biomedical Engineering.IEEE.2013
5. Shin H.R, Boris P. Makarov. Assessment of the volume of fluid method for free- surface wave flow. J.Mar Sci Technol (2005) 10:173–180.
6. Vilas Shinde, Elisabeth Longatte, Franck Baj. Cross Flow Induced Vibration in a Single Tube of Square Array Using LES.
7. D. Szubert, I. Asproulias, N. Simiriotis. Numerical Simulation of a 3-D Laminar Wing in Transonic Regime. Progress in Hybrid RANS-LES Modelling pp 277-290.
8. https://www.grc.nasa.gov/WWW/wind/valid/m6wing/m6wing01/m6wing01.html
9. Yang Z., Ogawa H. Numerical Analysis of Transonic Buffet Control Using a Two- Dimensional Bump for a Supercritical. APISAT 2018, LNEE 459, pp. 854–869, 2019.
Course reading is composed of articles and book chapters. Additional information
will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.
Teaching format The course consists of lectures in which the topics are presented by the instructor.
There are also classes (exercises) that will give practical examples of the application
of the theoretical topics and the utilization of commercial software for computational fluid dynamics. Course topics will be presented at the blackboard and using electronic
slides. Teaching material and additional materials will be provided by the instructor
during the semester.
Language of instruction English
Course contents:
1 INTRODUCTION
Some Characteristics of Fluids. Analysis of Fluid Behavior. Measures of Fluid
Mass and Weight. Ideal Gas Law. Viscosity. Compressibility of Fluids. Vapor
Pressure. Surface Tension. Dimensions, Dimensional Homogeneity, and Units
Chapter 1
(Textbook-1)
2
FLUID STATICS
Pressure Variation in a Fluid with Rigid-Body Motion. Basic Equation for Pressure Field. Pressure Variation in a Fluid at Rest. Standard Atmosphere.
Chapter 2
(Textbook-1)
8
Measurement of Pressure. Manometers. Mechanical and Electronic Pressure- Measuring Devices. Hydrostatic Force on a Plane Surface
3 FLUID KINEMATICS
The Velocity Field. The Acceleration Field. Control Volume and System
Representations. The Reynolds Transport Theorem
Chapter 4
(Textbook-1)
4 ELEMENTARY FLUID DYNAMICS—THE BERNOULLI EQUATION
Physical Interpretation. Examples of Use of the Bernoulli Equation. Restrictions on Use of the Bernoulli Equation. The Energy Line and the Hydraulic Grade Line. Static,
Stagnation, Dynamic, and Total Pressure.
Chapter 3
(Textbook-1)
5 VISCOUS FLOW IN PIPES
General Characteristics of Pipe Flow. Fully Developed Laminar Flow. Fully Developed Turbulent Flow. Dimensional Analysis of Pipe Flow. Pipe Flow
Examples. Pipe Flowrate Measurement
Chapter 8
(Textbook-1)
6 FLOW OVER IMMERSED BODIES
General External Flow Characteristics. Boundary Layer Characteristics. Drag and Lift.
Chapter 9
(Textbook-1)
7 OPEN-CHANNEL FLOW
General Characteristics of Open-Channel Flow. Uniform Depth Channel Flow. Gradually Varied Flow. Rapidly Varied Flow.
Chapter 10
(Textbook-1)
8 MIDTERM EXAM
9 COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Chapter 11 Ideal Gas Relationships. Mach Number and Speed of Sound. Categories of (Textbook-1) Compressible Flow. Two-Dimensional Compressible Flow. Analogy between
Compressible and Open-Channel Flows.
10 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS (CFD)
Basic Equations of Fluid Flow and Level of approximation. Mesh generation.
Basic Computational Techniques. Introduction to CFD-GEOM, ACE, VIEW Software packages.
Chapter 1,2,3,9
(Textbook-2)
11
PROPERTIES OF NUMERICAL SCHEMES
The finite difference method. The finite element method. The finite volume
method. Solution Methods System of Equations.
Chapter 5,6,7,8
(Textbook-2)
12 BIOMEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF CFD [3] Tutorial: Laminar flow in a pipe (CFD-ACE)
Project work-1: Simulation of blood flow characteristics in stenotic vessel artery [4] Project work-2: CFD simulation of human double bifurcation airway model
13 AEROSPACE APPLICATIONS OF CFD [7] Tutorial: Transonic flow over NACA 0012 Airfoil (CFD-ACE)
Project work-5: Turbulent grid generation for the ONERA M6 wing of airplane [8] Project work-6: Incompressible flow simulation of Multiple elements airfoil
Project work-7: Turbulent grid for a simulation OAT15A Airfoil at Re =3x106 [9]
14 CHEMICAL PROCESSING APPLICATIONS OF CFD
Tutorial: Flow over cylinder (CFD-ACE) Project work-4: The unsteady flow simulation around an array of 3x3 cylinders of
heat exchanger for vapor cooling in nuclear reactors.
[6]
15 MARINE APPLICATIONS OF CFD
Tutorial: Hydrofoil cavitation (CFD-ACE) Project work-3: Visualization and grid generation of NACA 0024 hydrofoil
[5]
9
Activities Number Duration
(hour)
Total Workload
(hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8
Individual or Group Work 14 1 14
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)
1 10 10
Homework 3 2 6
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 95
Total Workload/30(h) 3.1
ECTS Credit of the Course 3
FINAL EXAM
10
Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University
BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering
Course unit title ENERGY MANAGEMENT
Course unit code TECH 4108
Type of course unit Elective
Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor
Year of study 3rd - 4th
years
Semester/trimester
when the course unit
is delivered
6th – 7th semesters
Number of ECTS
credits allocated
3
Name of lecturer Fariz Farajzadeh
Class information Location: Azerbaijan, Baku
Time: 24/7 Contact: [email protected]
Office hours: upon appointment
Learning outcomes
of the course unit
Learning Outcomes:
• By the end of the course students will:
• Be aware about the available energy sources – general and alternatives ones
• Be able to recognize any non-conformances and maintenance methods,
• Know advantages / disadvantages of each energy type
• Be aware about the range of usage / implementation in nowadays
In particular, below listed, but not limited topics will be studied as well:
• Familiarization with energy production methods, management, especially with
management in energy sector engineering.
• Fundamentals of product strategy management.
• Methods of energy accounting and energy auditing in energy sector, industry and final consumption.
• Opportunities to increase the rational use of energy.
• Basics of demand side management and mechanisms (technical, legal or financial)
that influence energy consumption.
• Opportunities for increasing rational use of energy.
• Basics of energy auditing with application on different sectors
Mode of delivery Face-to-face
Prerequisites and
co-requisites
None
Recommended programs
Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Word, Team, Zoom
11
Course contents
Unit
Topic
Content Reference to textbook
and chapter(s)
1 Introduction to Energy
Management
The Value of Energy Management
Some Suggested Principles of
Energy Management
The Energy Management Profession
Energy Management
Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 1
2 Codes Standards & Legislation
Regulations & Standards Impacting CFCs
Regulatory and Legislative Issues
Impacting Air Quality
Opportunities in the Spot Market
The Climatic Change Action Plan
Energy Management
Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 20
3. Solar Energy
Availability
Solar Collectors
Solar Cells
Thermal Storage Systems
Sizing and Economics
Energy Management
Handbook, 6th edition Ch 16
4 Wind Energy
Availability
Wind Devices
Wind Systems
Performance of Turbines and Systems
Energy Management
Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 16
5 Electric Energy Management
Introduction
Effects of Unbalanced Voltages on
the Performance of Motors Amperage Readings
Electric Motor Efficiency
Motor Efficiency Management
HOME WORK
Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 11
6
Lighting
Introduction
Lighting Fundamentals
Process to Improve Lighting
Efficiency
Maintenance
Daylighting
Energy Management
Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 13
7 Natural Gas Purchasing
Introduction
Natural Gas as a Fuel
New Frontiers for the Gas Industry
Energy Management
Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 21
8 Energy Systems Maintenance
Developing the Maintenance
Program
Detailed Maintenance Procedures
Materials Handling Maintenance Measuring Instruments
Energy Management
Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 14
9
Industrial Insulation
Fundamentals of Thermal Insulation Design Theory
Insulation Materials
Insulation Selection
Insulation Economics
Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 15
12
10 MIDTERM EXAM
11 Control Systems
Introduction
Why Automatic Control? Why Optimization?
Technology Classifications
Operations and Maintenance
Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 22
12 Energy Security and Reliability
Introduction
Risk Analysis Methods Countermeasures
Economics of Energy Security and Reliability
HOME WORK
Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 23
13 Commissioning for Energy
Management
Introduction
Commissioning Definitions
Commissioning Measures
Commissioning New Buildings for Energy Management
Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 26
14 Measurement and Verification
of Energy Savings
Introduction
Overview of Measurement and Verification
Methods
Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 27
15
Sustainability and High
Performance Green Buildings
Sustainability Gives Rise to the Green
Building Movement
Introducing the LEED NC Rating System: A Technical Review
Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition
Ch 29
FINAL EXAM
Recommended or
required readings
Textbook:
Wayne C. Turner / Steve Doty, Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition
Planned learning
activities and teaching methods
Lectures, case studies, quizzes, midterm and final exams
Language of
instruction
English
Work placement(s)
13
Activities Number Duration (hour) Total Workload (hour)
Course duration in class 14 3 42
Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5
Individual or Group Work 14 2 28
Midterm Exam 1 2 2
Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)
Lab work
Homework 2 1 2
Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10
Final Exam 1 3 3
Total Workload 92
Total Workload/30(h) 3
ECTS Credit of the Course 3